Sunteți pe pagina 1din 273

SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT PROJECT TITLE PAGE

MAIN CONTRACT WORKS SPECIFICATION

SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT

ABU DHABI, UAE

VOLUME 2

CIVIL (INFRASTRUCTURE) SPECIFICATIONS

FOR

MAIN CONSTRUCTION WORKS

TENDER ISSUE (NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION)

ISSUE 2

23 JANUARY 2014

Tender Issue (Not For Construction)



SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION


SECTION 02055 - SOILS
SECTION 02060 - AGGREGATE
SECTION 02082 - MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
SECTION 02085 - VALVES, FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVE BOXES
SECTION 02223 - BACKFILL
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING [AS PER DBI MAIN WORKS SPECIFICATIONS]
SECTION 02315 - EXCAVATION
SECTION 02324 - TRENCHING
SECTION 02339 - SUB-GRADE PREPARATION
SECTION 02410 - EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEM
SECTION 02440 - DEWATERING
SECTION 02513 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
SECTION 02515 - WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
SECTION 02536 - PRESSURE SEWER SYSTEM
SECTION 02539 - SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS
SECTION 02631 - STORMWATER DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
SECTION 02662 - SEWER MANHOLE AND STRUCTURE LINERS
SECTION 02721 - AGGREGATE SUB-BASE AND BASE COURSES
SECTION 02740 - FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
SECTION 02811 - LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
SECTION 02891 - TRAFFIC SIGNS
SECTION 02952 - PIPE AND MANHOLE TESTING
SECTION 02991 - UTILITY PERMANENT RELOCATION

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
REFER TO STRUCTURAL SPECIFICATION

APPENDICES:
APPENDIX 1 - OPERATION RULES AND PROCEDURES
APPENDIX 2 - HEALTH & SAFETY
APPENDIX 3 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
APPENDIX 4 - HOARDING GUIDELINES

__________________________________

Table of Contents - Infrastructural Works Page 1 of 1 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Soils

SECTION 02055

SOILS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes soil materials.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
2. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
3. Section 02315 - Excavation.
4. Section 02320 - Backfill.
5. Section 02324 - Trenching.
6. Section 02923 - Sodding.
7. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete fill.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
2. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
3. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
(Unified Soil Classification System).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittal.

B. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, 4.5 kg sample of each type of fill to testing
laboratory.

C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials source.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Furnish each soil material from single source throughout the Work.

B. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to Engineers satisfaction.

C. Maintain one copy on site.

02055 - Soils Page 1 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Soils

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL MATERIALS

A. Fill: Conforming to the standards and regulations of the relevant local authorities
having jurisdiction and/or Municipality; excavated and reused materials and/or
imported borrow materials from approved pits outside the site; selected, graded and
free of clay, silt, roots, lumps, rocks, debris, large weeds and foreign matter.

B. Concrete Fill: Lean concrete or cyclopean concrete as specified in Section 03300 with
cement type and compressive strength as specified and directed by the Engineer.

C. Agricultural Top Soil: Fertile capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth as specified
in Section 02923.

2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and analysis of soil material.

B. Testing and Analysis of Soil Material: Perform in accordance with ASTM D698 and
ASTM D1557.

C. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material
and retest until materials meet the specified requirements.

D. Furnish materials of each type from approved same source throughout the Work.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate soil from on-site approved locations designated by the Engineer as specified
in Section 02315, or supply and deliver to site imported borrow materials from
approved pits outside the site. Strip soil to full depth in designated areas.

B. Stockpile excavated and/or imported borrow materials meeting requirements for soil
materials.

C. Remove materials not meeting requirements for soil materials from site.

D. Remove excess soil materials not intended for reuse, from site.

3.2 STOCKPILING

A. Stockpile materials on site at locations designated by the Engineer.

B. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements.

C. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent mixing.

D. Stockpile soil 2.5 m high maximum.

02055 - Soils Page 2 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Soils

E. Prevent intermixing of soil types or contamination.

F. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of
materials.

G. Stockpile unsuitable materials on impervious material and cover to prevent erosion


and leaching, until disposed of.

3.3 STOCKPILE CLEANUP

A. Remove stockpile, leave area in clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to
prevent free standing surface water.

END OF SECTION

02055 - Soils Page 3 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate

SECTION 02060

AGGREGATE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes coarse and fine aggregate materials.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
2. Section 02315 - Excavation.
3. Section 02320 - Backfill.
4. Section 02324 - Trenching.
5. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
6. Section 02515 - Water Service Connections.
7. Section 02536 - Pressure Sewer System.
8. Section 02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems.
9. Section 02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems.
10. Section 02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO M147 - Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and
Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base and Surface Courses.
2. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates.
2. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
3. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
4. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes
(Unified Soil Classification System).
5. ASTM D4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittal.

B. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, 4.5 kg sample of each type of fill to testing
laboratory.

C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials suppliers.

02060 - Aggregate Page 1 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Furnish each aggregate material from approved single source throughout the Work.

B. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to the approval of the Engineer.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 COARSE AGGREGATE MATERIALS

A. Conforming to the standards and regulations of the relevant local authorities having
jurisdiction and/or Municipality; crushed or uncrushed gravel or crushed stone;
structurally and chemically stable; free of shale, clay, friable material, debris,
impurities, organic matter, or dust; graded in accordance with ASTM C136; within
the following limits:
1. Sieve Size Percent Passing
50 mm 100
25 mm 95
19 mm 95 to 100
16 mm 75 to 100
9 mm 55 to 85
4.75 mm 35 to 60
1.18 mm 15 to 35
425 micro m 10 to 25
75 micro m 5 to 10

2.2 FINE AGGREGATE MATERIALS

A. Conforming to the standards and regulations of the relevant local authorities having
jurisdiction and/or Municipality; clean sharp, coarse natural sand or sand obtained by
crushing suitable gravel or stone stable in composition (sand from beach, dredging
and other sea sources is not allowed); washed; free of organic matter, chemical
impurities, silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter; graded in
accordance with ASTM C136; within the following limits:
1. Sieve Size Percent Passing
4.75 mm 100
1.40 mm 10 to 100
300 micro m 5 to 90
150 micro m 4 to 30
75 micro m 0

2.3 FILTER AGGREGATE MATERIALS FOR SUB-DRAINAGE

A. Natural stone; washed, structurally and chemically stable; free of clay, shale, organic
matter; graded in accordance with ASTM C136; to the following limits:
1. 19.0 mm < D85 < 35.0 mm.
2. 11.2 mm < D15 < 19.0 mm.

02060 - Aggregate Page 2 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services.

B. Coarse Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform in accordance with


ASTM D698, ASTM D1557, AASHTO T180, ASTM D4318, or ASTM C136.

C. Fine Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform in accordance with ASTM
D698, ASTM D1557, AASHTO T180, ASTM D4318, or ASTM C136.

D. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material
and retest.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Supply and deliver to site aggregate materials; grade and test to approved standards.

B. Stockpile material meeting requirements for coarse and fine aggregate materials.

C. Remove from site materials not meeting requirements for aggregate materials.

D. Remove from site excess materials not intended for reuse.

3.2 STOCKPILING

A. Stockpile materials on site at locations indicated or designated by the Engineer.

B. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements.

C. Separate different aggregate materials with dividers or stockpile individually to


prevent mixing.

D. Stockpile soil 2.5 m high maximum.

E. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of
materials.

3.3 STOCKPILE CLEANUP

A. Remove stockpile, leave area in clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to
prevent free standing surface water.

END OF SECTION

02060 - Aggregate Page 3 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Manholes and Structures

SECTION 02082

MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Precast or cast-in-place reinforced concrete manholes and structures such as
chambers, pumping stations, etc., with masonry transition to cover frame,
covers, steps, anchorage and accessories.
2. Manhole connections to existing lines.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 02320 - Backfill.
6. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
7. Section 02515 - Water Service Connections.
8. Section 02536 - Pressure Sewer System.
9. Section 02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems.
10. Section 02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems.
11. Section 02662 - Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners.
12. Section 02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing.
13. Section 03100 - Concrete Forms and Accessories.
14. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
15. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO M288 - Geotextiles.
2. AASHTO M306 - Drainage Structure Castings.
3. AASHTO M91 - Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale).

B. American Concrete Institute:


1. ACI 530/530.1 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures and
Specifications for Masonry Structures.

C. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.
2. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM C32 - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Solid
Masonry Units Made From Clay or Shale).
4. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of
Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.

02082 - Manholes and Structures Page 1 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Manholes and Structures

5. ASTM C55 - Standard Specification for Concrete Brick.


6. ASTM C478M - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete
Manhole Sections (Metric).
7. ASTM C497M - Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole
Sections, or Tile (Metric).
8. ASTM C913 - Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and
Wastewater Structures.
9. ASTM C923M - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between
Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals (Metric).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittal.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate structure locations, elevations, piping, sizes and elevations
of penetrations.

C. Product Data: Submit manhole covers, component construction, features,


configuration and dimensions.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this


Section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Requirements for product storage and handling.

B. Comply with precast concrete manufacturers instructions and ASTM C913 for
unloading, storing and moving precast manholes and drainage structures.

C. Store precast concrete manholes and structures to prevent damage to Owners


property or other public or private property. Repair property damaged from materials
storage.

D. Mark each precast structure by indentation or waterproof paint showing date of


manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and numbers shown on
Drawings to indicate its intended use.

02082 - Manholes and Structures Page 2 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Manholes and Structures

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Manhole and Structures Sections:


1. Reinforced precast concrete in accordance with ASTM C478M with gaskets
in accordance with ASTM C923M.
a. Joints for Precast Manholes and Structures: In accordance with
ASTM C913; maximum leakage of 100 ml per hour per meter of
joint at 100 cm of head.
2. Reinforced cast-in-place concrete as specified in Section 03300.

2.2 FRAMES AND COVERS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

C. Product Description:
1. Heavy duty ductile iron covers and frames in accordance with BS EN 124
class D400.
2. Medium duty ductile iron covers and frames in accordance with BS EN 124
class C250.
3. Light duty ductile iron covers and frames in accordance with BS EN 124
class B125.

2.3 COMPONENTS

A. Construction: Precast or cast-in-place reinforced concrete for structures components


of type specified in Section 03300; sleeved to receive pipe sections; shaft type
manhole for box culverts.

B. Shape: Circular, square or rectangular.

C. Clear Inside Dimensions: As indicated on Drawings.

D. Design Depth: As indicated on Drawings.

E. Clear Cover Opening: As indicated on Drawings.

F. Pipe Entry: Furnish openings as required.

G. Structure Joint Gaskets: ASTM C361/Rubber.

H. Steps: Formed galvanized steel rungs; 19 mm diameter; Set into structure wall as
indicated on Drawings.

02082 - Manholes and Structures Page 3 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Manholes and Structures

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Reinforcement: As specified in Section 03200.

B. Bituminous Paint to External Surfaces in Contact with Soil: Fluid, cold applied, quick
setting. Primer type shall be compatible with the bituminous paint.

C. Liner to Internal Surfaces of Sewer Manholes and Structures: As specified in Section


02662.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify items provided by other sections of Work are properly sized and located.

C. Verify built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into Work.

D. Verify correct size of manhole and structure excavation.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate placement of box culvert, inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by
other sections.

B. Do not install manholes and structures where site conditions induce loads exceeding
structural capacity of manholes or structures.

C. Inspect precast concrete manholes and structures immediately prior to placement in


excavation to verify manholes and structures are internally clean and free from
damage. Remove and replace damaged units.

3.3 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Excavation and Backfill:


1. Excavate for manholes and structures in accordance with Section 02315 in
location and to depth shown. Provide 500 mm wide clearance around
sidewalls of structures for construction operations.
2. When groundwater is encountered, prevent accumulation of water in
excavations. Place manholes or structures in dry trench.
3. Where possibility exists of watertight structure becoming buoyant in flooded
excavation, anchor structure to avoid flotation.

B. Place foundation slab, trowel top surface level.

C. Place precast concrete structure sections, plumb and level, trim to correct elevations,
anchor to foundation slab.

02082 - Manholes and Structures Page 4 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Manholes and Structures

D. Cast-in-place concrete structures supported at proper grade and alignment as shown


on Drawings.

E. Backfill excavations for structures in accordance with Section 02320.

F. Plumb and level to correct dimensions and elevations. As Work progresses, build
fabricated metal items.

G. Cut and fit for pipe and culvert.

H. Grout base of shaft sections to achieve slope to exit piping. Trowel smooth. Contour
as indicated on Drawings.

I. Prime and paint exterior surfaces in contact with soil with two cross coats of an
approved bituminous paint. Spread to a minimum cured thickness and averaging
thickness as recommended by the manufacturer.

J. Install liner to internal surfaces of sewer manholes and structures as specified in


section 02662.

K. Set steps, and cover frames and covers to correct elevations, level without tipping.

3.4 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE AND STRUCTURES INSTALLATION

A. Lift precast concrete structures at lifting points designated by manufacturer.

B. When lowering structures into excavations and joining pipe to units, take precautions
to ensure interior of box culvert or pipeline and structure remains clean.

C. Set precast concrete structures bearing firmly and fully on crushed stone bedding
compacted in accordance with provisions of Section 02320, or on plain concrete
blinding cast-in-place as specified in Section 03300.

D. Assemble multi-section structures by lowering each section into excavation. Install


rubber gasket joints between precast sections in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations. Lower, set level and firmly position base section before placing
additional sections.

E. Remove foreign materials from joint surfaces and verify sealing materials are placed
properly. Maintain alignment between sections by using guide devices affixed to
lower section.

F. Joint sealing materials may be installed on site or at manufacturers plant.

G. Verify installed manholes and structures satisfy required alignment and grade.

H. Remove knockouts or cut structure to receive piping without creating openings larger
than required to receive pipe. Fill annular space with mortar.

I. Cut pipe to finish flush with interior of structure.

02082 - Manholes and Structures Page 5 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Manholes and Structures

J. Grout base of shaft sections to achieve slope to exit piping. Trowel smooth. Contour
as indicated on Drawings.

3.5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE MANHOLE AND STRUCTURES INSTALLATION

A. Cast-in-place plain concrete blinding to receive foundation slab as specified in


Section 03300.

B. Erect and brace forms against movement in accordance with Section 03100.

C. Install reinforcing steel as indicated on Drawings and in accordance with Section


03200.

D. Place and cure concrete in accordance with Section 03300.

3.6 MANHOLE CONNECTION TO EXISTING LINES

A. Stake out location and burial depth of existing line in area of proposed manhole.

B. Carefully excavate around existing line to adequate depth for foundation slab
installation. Protect existing pipe from damage. Cut out soft spots and replace with
granular fill compacted to 95% dry density.

C. Cast-in-place plain concrete blinding to receive foundation slab as specified in


Section 03300.

D. Install precast concrete or cast-in-place concrete manhole around existing pipe in


accordance with the appropriate paragraphs specified herein.

E. Grout pipe entrances.

F. Perform connection to existing pipe at approved time.

G. Block upstream flow at existing manhole or structure with expandable plug.

H. Use hydraulic saw to cut existing pipe at manhole entrance and exit and along pipe
length at a point halfway up the outside diameter on each side of the pipe. Bottom
half of pipe shall remain as manhole flow channel. Saw cut to have a smooth finish
with top half of pipe flush with interior of manhole.

I. Grout base of manhole to achieve slope to manhole channel. Trowel smooth.

3.7 SEWER MANHOLE DROP CONNECTIONS

A. Construct drop connections into sewer manholes in accordance with the Drawings.

B. Concrete encase pipe drop connection to minimum of 600 mm outside of manhole.

C. Form channel from pipe drop to sweep into main channel as shown on drawings.

02082 - Manholes and Structures Page 6 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Manholes and Structures

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Test cast-in-place concrete in accordance with Section 03300.

C. Test concrete manhole and structure sections in accordance with ASTM C497M.

3.9 SCHEDULES

A. As indicated on drawings and where directed by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

02082 - Manholes and Structures Page 7 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

SECTION 02085

VALVES, FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVE BOXES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Valves.
2. Fire hydrants.
3. Valve boxes.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 02320 - Backfill.
6. Section 02324 - Trenching.
7. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
8. Section 02515 - Water Service Connections.
9. Section 02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing.
10. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Water Works Association:


1. AWWA C500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.
2. AWWA C502 - Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants.
3. AWWA C503 - Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants.
4. AWWA C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water-Supply Service.
5. AWWA C550 - Protecting Epoxy Interior Coating for Valves and Hydrants.
6. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances.

B. National Sanitation Foundation:


1. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects.

C. National Fire Protection Association:


1. NFPA 281 - Recommended Practice for Fire Flow Testing and Marking of
Hydrants.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawing:
1. Installation Plan: Submit description of proposed installation.

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 1 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

C. Design Data: Submit manufacturer's latest published literature; include illustrations,


installation instructions, maintenance instructions and parts lists.

D. Manufacturers Certificates: Submit Statement of Compliance, supporting data, from


material suppliers attesting that valves, hydrants and accessories provided meet or
exceed AWWA Standards and specification requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of valves and fire hydrants.

C. Provide Operation and Maintenance Data for valves and fire hydrants.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform work in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as specified,


shown on the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B. Provide uniform color scheme for fire hydrants in accordance with NFPA 281.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-installation Meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for transporting, handling, storing and


protecting products.

B. Prepare valves, hydrants and accessories for shipment according to AWWA


Standards and seal valves, hydrants and ends to prevent entry of foreign matter into
product body.

C. Store products in areas protected from weather, moisture, or possible damage; do not
store products directly on ground; handle products to prevent damage to interior or
exterior surfaces.

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 2 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for environmental conditions affecting


products on site.

B. Conduct operations not to interfere with, interrupt, damage, destroy, or endanger


integrity of surface or subsurface structures or utilities, and landscape in immediate or
adjacent areas.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate work with local relevant authorities and utilities within construction area.

1.11 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for maintenance materials.

B. Furnish one tee wrench to Owner; required length.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as


specified, shown on the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.2 GATE VALVES

A. 32 mm and Smaller: Brass or Bronze body, non-rising stem, inside screw, single
wedge or disc, compression or IPS ends, with control rod, post indicator, extension
box and valve key.

B. 40 mm and Larger: AWWA C500, Iron body, bronze trim, non-rising stem with
square nut, single wedge, flanged or mechanical joint ends, control rod, post
indicator, extension box and valve key.

2.3 BALL VALVES

A. 50 mm and Smaller: Brass body, teflon coated brass ball, rubber seats and stem seals,
Tee stem pre-drilled for control rod, AWWA or IPS compression inlet end,
compression or IPS outlet with electrical ground connector, control rod, extension
box and valve key.

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 3 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

2.4 SWING CHECK VALVES

A. 50 mm to 600 mm: AWWA C508, iron body, bronze trim, 45 or 22 degree swing
disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends.

2.5 BUTTERFLY VALVES

A. 50 mm to 600 mm: AWWA C504, iron body, bronze disc, resilient replaceable seat,
water or lug ends, infinite position lever handle.

2.6 DOUBLE-DISC GATE VALVES

A. In accordance with AWWA C500, NSF 61; iron body, bronze trim.
1. Gate: Double disc parallel seat gate.
2. Stem: Non-rising stem.
3. Seals: O-ring stem seals.
4. Operating Nut: Square; open counterclockwise unless otherwise indicated.
5. Ends: Flanged, mechanical joint or bell end connections.
6. Coating: AWWA C550; interior and exterior.
7. Provide bypass valves & gear operators for 400mm diameter & larger valves.
8. Sizes 300 mm diameter and smaller: 1380 kPa.
9. Sizes 350 mm diameter and larger: 1030 kPa.

2.7 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES

A. In accordance with AWWA C509; iron body, bronze or ductile iron.


1. Resilient seats.
2. Stem: Non-rising bronze stem.
3. Operating Nut: Square; open counterclockwise unless otherwise indicated.
4. Ends: Flanged, mechanical joint or bell end connections.
5. Coating: AWWA C550; interior/exterior.
6. Sizes 300 mm diameter and smaller: 1380 kPa.
7. Sizes 400 mm diameter and larger: 1030 kPa.

2.8 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC FLOW METER

A. Electro-magnetic flow meter shall comprise a detector head and converter, and shall
be suitable for operation under the prevailing ambient temperature and site
conditions. External weatherproofing paint of the equipment shall be executed by the
application of epoxy resin.

B. The material used in the construction of the detection head shall comprise carbon
steel for the flanges drilled to BS 4504 and suitable for the pressure rating of the
pipework system. Flange adaptors shall be incorporated in the pipework adjacent to
the flow meters to ensure ease of removal for maintenance or replacement. Specially
double flanged pipe, insert pieces of ductile iron to the same specifications as the
installed pipe shall be provided on each size of magnetic flow meter so that these can
be inserted in the pipeline in the event of the removal of the unit. Face to face
dimensions shall be in accordance with ISO or BS standards. Internal insulating
lining shall be in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Electrodes in
AISI 316 L or Nickel alloy C22.

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 4 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

C. The converter used shall have power supply, ON/OFF impulse/frequency, and load
(in Ohm) suitable for the pipework system. A 24 Vdc alarm shall be incorporated.
Digital inputs (reset totaliser, stop totaliser via internal or external, external
calibration system, scale exchange, dosage, etc.). Grade of protection shall be IP 67.

D. The Contractor shall provide adequate portable testing equipment in order to


demonstrate the proper performance of each element of the magnetic flow meter
without dismantling its main parts and/or without interrupting the flow.

2.9 WATER METER

A. Multi-Jet Type Water Meter with Liquid Filled Totalizer:


1. General: An inferential, multi-jet, cold water meter.
2. Description:
a. The meter shall have a straight reading register which is contained in
a liquid filled sealed housing (counter) which is not subject to
discoloration by scale, dirt, or any deposit. A special device shall be
provided that prevents air bubbles distorting the reading over the
counter numerals. An easy reading shall be ensured in any working
conditions.
b. The impeller shall rotate in the measuring chamber (distributor) with
a double raw of tangential holes. The chamber shall be made of self
cleaning synthetic resin.
c. A long operating life shall be guaranteed by the robust construction,
which provides maximum protection, due to the very low number of
impeller revolutions per cubic meter of water flow.
d. The hydraulic performance shall conform to Class B of the EEC
standards.
e. The meter shall be supplied complete with couplings and could be
installed on the horizontal and vertical.
f. Properties:
Size and Usage
Gauge mm 13 20 25 30 40 50
inches " " 1" 1" 1" 2"
Max qty m/h 3 5 7 12 20 30
n qty m/h 1.5 2.5 3.5 6 10 15
t qty l/h 120 200 280 480 800 3000
Min qty l/h 30 50 70 120 200 450
SP bar 16 16 16 16 16 16
Pressure drop (at max qty) bar <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Sensitivity l/h <10 <15 <20 <20 <40 <40
Minimum reading lt 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5 0.5
Maximum reading m 99,999 99,999 99,999 99,999 999,999 999,999
Weight kg 1.2 1.30 2.2 2.3 4.2 9.6
Length mm * 190 260 260 300 300
Width mm 99 99 104 104 125 125
Height mm 107 109 115 120 148 173
* L = 110, 115, 120 (Class B)
L = 130, 145, 150, 160, 165, 170, 190 (Class A)

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 5 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

g. Pressure Loss:

h. Error Test:

2.10 FIRE HYDRANTS

A. Dry-Barrel Breakaway Type: AWWA C502; cast-iron body, compression type valve.
1. Bury Depth: As indicated on the Drawings.
2. Inlet Connection: 150 mm bell or mechanical joint inlet connection with
accessories, gland bolts and gaskets, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
3. Valve Opening: 133 mm diameter, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
4. Ends: Mechanical joint or bell end.
5. Bolts and Nuts: Corrosion resistant.
6. Coating: AWWA C550; interior.
7. Direction of Opening: Counterclockwise unless otherwise indicated.

B. Wet-Barrel Type: AWWA C503; cast-iron body.


1. Valve Openings: Individual for pumper and hose nozzles.
2. Ends: Mechanical joint or bell end.
3. Bolts and Nuts: Corrosion resistant.
4. Coating: AWWA C550; interior.

C. One pumper, two hose nozzles.


1. Obtain thread type and size from local fire department.
2. Attach nozzle caps by separate chains.

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 6 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

D. Finish: Primer and two coats of special enamel painting and in accordance with local
relevant authorities requirements.

E. Accessories: Aggregate for hydrant drainage specified in Section 02060.

2.11 VALVE BOXES AND CHAMBERS

A. Reinforced Concrete Valve Boxes: As specified in section 02082.

B. Cast Iron Valve Boxes:


1. 300 mm Diameter Valves and Smaller: Domestic cast iron, two-piece, screw
type.
2. Valves larger than 300 mm Diameter: Domestic cast iron, three-piece, screw
type; round base.
3. Cover: Cast iron lid marked "Water Service Utility".

C. Plastic Valve Boxes: Of approved type; as shown on drawings, to the satisfaction of


the Engineer, and as per local relevant authorities standards.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Determine exact location and size of valves and hydrants from Drawings; obtain
clarification and directions from the Engineer prior to execution of work.

C. Verify invert elevations prior to excavation and prior to installation of valves and fire
hydrants.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum locations.

B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities to remain from damage.

C. Do not interrupt existing utilities without permission and without making


arrangements to provide temporary utility services.
1. Notify the Engineer not less than two days in advance of proposed utility
interruption.
2. Do not proceed without written permission from the Engineer.

D. Perform excavation, backfilling and compaction as per sections 02320 and 02324.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Valves:
1. Install valves in conjunction with pipe laying; set valves plumb.
2. Provide buried valves with valve boxes installed flush with finished grade.

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 7 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes

B. Fire Hydrants:
1. Install fire hydrants; provide support blocking and drainage gravel; do not
block drain hole.
2. Set hydrants plumb with pumper nozzle facing roadway; set hydrants with
centerline of pumper nozzle 450 mm above finished grade and safety flange
neither more than 150 mm nor less than 50 mm above grade.
3. Paint hydrants in accordance with local color scheme.
4. After hydrostatic testing, flush hydrants and check for proper drainage.

C. Valve Boxes:
1. Reinforced Concrete Valve Boxes: As specified in section 02082.
2. Cast Iron Valve Boxes: As shown on the drawings, to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, and as per local relevant authorities standards.
3. Plastic Valve Boxes: As shown on the drawings, to the satisfaction of the
Engineer, and as per local relevant authorities standards.

D. Install Work in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as specified,


shown on the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Perform pressure test on domestic site water distribution system as specified in


section 02952 and in accordance with local relevant authorities standards.

END OF SECTION

02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes Page 8 of 8 Date: 23/01/2014
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Backfill

SECTION 02223

BACKFILL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. General filling and compaction in fill sections.
2. Structural backfilling and compaction.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete fill.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO M288 - Geotextile Specification.
2. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
2. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the
Sand-Cone Method.
3. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
4. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Rubber Balloon Method.
5. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
6. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
7. ASTM D4253 - Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and
Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit data for geotextile fabric indicating fabric and construction.

C. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, 4.5 kg sample of each type of fill to testing
laboratory.

02223 - Backfilling Page 1 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Backfill

D. Materials Source: Submit name of imported fill materials suppliers.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 FILL MATERIALS

A. Fill materials as specified in Section 02055.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Filter Fabric (Geotextile): Non-woven; non-biodegradable; made from polyolefin,


polyester, or polyamide; 200 g/m; and with the following minimum properties
determined according to ASTM D 4759 and referenced standard test methods:
1. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D 4632) 490 N.
2. Tear Strength (ASTM D 4533) 178 N.
3. Puncture Resistance (ASTM D 4833) 222 N.
4. Water Flow Rate (ASTM D 4491) 100 l/s/m.
5. Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D 4751) 0.3 mm.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination and project


conditions.

B. Verify subdrainage, dampproofing, or waterproofing installation has been inspected.

C. Verify underground tanks are anchored to their own foundations to avoid flotation
after backfilling.

D. Verify structural ability of unsupported walls to support loads imposed by fill.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Compact subgrade to density requirements for subsequent backfill materials.

B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with
structural fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for
subsequent fill material.

C. Scarify subgrade surface to depth indicated on drawings.

D. Proof roll to identify soft spots; fill and compact to density equal to or greater than
requirements for subsequent fill material.

3.3 BACKFILLING

A. Backfill areas to contours and elevations with selected and suitable materials.

02223 - Backfilling Page 2 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Backfill

B. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill
over porous, wet, or spongy subgrade surfaces.

C. Place geotextile fabric over fill prior to placing next lift of fill.

D. Place fill material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 200 mm compacted
thickness, and compact in accordance with schedule at end of this section.

E. Employ placement method that does not disturb or damage other work.

F. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required


compaction density.

G. Backfill against supported foundations.

H. Backfill simultaneously on each side of unsupported foundations until supports are in


place.

I. Slope grade away from building minimum 50 mm in 3 m, unless noted otherwise.

J. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas.

K. Remove surplus backfill materials from site.

L. Leave fill material stockpile areas free of excess fill materials.

3.4 TOLERANCES

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for tolerances.

B. General: Finished excavation and fill for Permanent Works shall be to the lines,
levels, and profiles shown on the Contract Drawings with the tolerances specified
herein.

C. Tolerances for Fill (except fill for road embankment):


1. General Fill 100mm.
2. Fill to be covered with concrete in foundations or linings, or drainage or filter
layers of artificial or selected natural materials, or any layer of other material:
+0mm, -75mm.
3. The surface tolerance requirements:
a. Tolerances along the top edge of any slope steeper than 1 vertical to
30 horizontal shall not vary by more than 10% of the specified slope
inclination at any point on the slope.
b. Slopes steeper than 1 vertical to 30 horizontal shall not vary by more
than 10% of the specified slope inclination at any point on the slope.

D. Tolerances for Road Excavation and Road Embankment Fill:


1. No point on excavation slopes shall vary from the plane of the design slope
by more than 100mm measured at right angles to the slope except for
excavation in rock where no point shall vary by more than 500mm.
2. In no case shall any portion of the excavation slope encroach on the roadbed.

02223 - Backfilling Page 3 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Backfill

3. No point on the completed embankment slope within 1.0 m below shoulder


grade shall vary from the plane of the design slope by more than 100 mm
measured at right angles to the slope. Slopes more than 1.0 m below shoulder
grade shall not vary from than 200 mm measured at right angles to the slope.
4. No point on the completed median and side slopes which are on 1 vertical to
6 horizontal or flatter slopes, whether in excavation or embankment, shall
vary from the plane of the design slope by more than 60 mm measured at
right angles to the slope. Flow lines within medians shall be graded to drain
and shall not vary more than 30 mm from the required grade line.

3.5 SETTLEMENT PERIOD

A. Where a settlement period is shown on the Contract Drawings or otherwise specified,


the permanent fill shall be constructed to full height and to the order limits shown or
specified and shall remain in place for the required settlement period before
commencing construction of foundations or placing other layers of materials on the
fill surface.

B. Where a settlement period for a surcharged permanent fill is shown on the Contract
Drawings or otherwise specified, the surcharge fill shall be constructed to the height
and to the limits shown or specified. The surcharge fill shall remain in place until the
end of the settlement period shown or specified.

3.6 DUST CONTROL

A. The contractor shall use all means necessary to control dust.

B. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance or a


hazard to the public and affect the performance of other work on the site.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services, and
execution requirements for testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Compaction Trials: Prior to the commencement of Earthwork the Contractor shall


construct trial compaction lengths as directed by the Engineer. The soils used in the
trials shall be those that will be used for the construction of roads and the compaction
equipment to be used shall be that specified in the Contractors detailed programme
of Work and approved by the Engineer. The object of these trials is to determine the
best field moisture content of the materials and the relationship between the number
of compaction equipment passes and density attained. The Engineer may order
additional compaction trials when he deems them necessary.

C. Perform laboratory material tests in accordance with ASTM D1557, ASTM D698,
and/or AASHTO T180.

D. Perform in place compaction tests in accordance with the following:


1. Density Tests: ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, or ASTM D2922.
2. Moisture Tests: ASTM D3017.

02223 - Backfilling Page 4 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Backfill

E. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work,
replace and retest.

F. Frequency of Tests: At the discretion of the Engineer.

G. Proof roll compacted fill surfaces under slabs-on-grade, and paving.

3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for protecting finished work.

B. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic.

3.9 SCHEDULE

A. Compact placed backfilling materials uniformly to achieve minimum 98% of


maximum density using Modified Proctor Test Method.

PART 4 MEASUREMENTS AND PAY ITEMS

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Filling to Subgrade Elevations in Fill Sections, and Structural Backfilling:


1. Basis of Measurement: By the cubic meter (m) for each type separately
executed, completed and accepted.
a. Filling in fill section shall be measured to the dimensions shown on
the Drawings.
b. Structural backfilling shall be measured to subgrade elevations.
c. Backfilling in approved unstable material or other unsuitable material
encountered below foundation level shall be deemed included in the
rate of excavation of unsuitable material, or shall be measured as part
of the structural backfilling.
d. Structural backfilling for manholes, chambers, structures and the like,
slope protection works, fence posts, sign posts, cables, ducts, lighting
columns, and all other minor structures, shall not be measured for
direct payment, but shall be considered as subsidiary works, which
rate shall be deemed to be included in the erection of the said items.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes filling and backfilling to indicated levels with
approved suitable material selected from excavated materials or supplied
from approved borrow pits outside the site; compaction in layers to required
density; moisture content control; and testing.

END OF SECTION

02223 - Backfilling Page 5 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Site Clearing

SECTION 02230

SITE CLEARING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Removing surface debris.
2. Removing designated paving, curbs and the like.
3. Removing designated trees, shrubs, and other plant life.
4. Removing abandoned utilities.
5. Excavating topsoil and compaction of surfaces whose level is proposed to be
the subgrade elevation level.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02315 - Excavation.
2. Section 02320 - Backfill.
3. Section 02324 - Trenching.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Product Data: Submit data for herbicide. Indicate compliance with applicable codes
for environmental protection.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

B. Conform to applicable code for environmental requirements, disposal of debris, use


of herbicides, etc.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Herbicide: Type approved by authority having jurisdiction.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

02230 - Site Clearing Page 1 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Site Clearing

B. Verify existing plant life designated to remain is tagged or identified.

C. Identify salvage areas for placing removed materials designated to remain.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Notify all local authorities having jurisdiction not less than three working days before
performing Work.
1. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and
surrounding construction areas.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Locate, identify and protect utilities indicated to remain from damage.

B. Protect trees, plant growth and features designated to remain as final landscaping.

C. Protect bench marks, survey control points and existing structures designated to
remain from damage or displacement.

3.4 CLEARING

A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of Work.

B. Remove trees and shrubs. Remove stumps, main root ball, surface rock and the like.

C. Clear undergrowth and deadwood, without disturbing subsoil.

D. Apply herbicide to remaining stumps to inhibit growth.

3.5 REMOVAL

A. Remove debris, rock and extracted plant life from site.

B. Remove paving, curbs and the like as indicated on Drawings. Neatly saw cut edges at
right angle to surface.

C. Remove abandoned utilities. Indicated removal termination point for underground


utilities on Record Documents.

D. Continuously clean-up and remove waste materials from site. Do not allow materials
to accumulate on site.

E. Do not burn or bury materials on site. Leave site in clean condition.

3.6 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION

A. Excavate topsoil from entire site without mixing with foreign materials for use in
finish grading down to natural ground level.

B. Do not excavate wet topsoil.

02230 - Site Clearing Page 2 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Site Clearing

C. Compact surfaces to required density in areas that do not need further excavation;
perform compaction in accordance with Section 02320.

D. Remove topsoil from site and cart away to approved dumping areas.

3.7 SCHEDULES

A. As indicated on the drawings and where directed by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

02230 - Site Clearing Page 3 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation

SECTION 02315

EXCAVATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Soil densification.
2. General excavation in cut sections.
3. Structural excavation.
4. Excavation in unsuitable material encountered below foundation level.
5. Manual excavation.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
2. Section 02320 - Backfill.
3. Section 02324 - Trenching.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
2. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the
Sand-Cone Method.
3. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Rubber Balloon Method.
4. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

B. Local utility standards when working within 24 inches of utility lines.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Excavation Protection Plan: Describe sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials and
installation required to protect excavations and adjacent structures and property;
include structural calculations to support plan.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate soil densification grid for each size and configuration
footing requiring soils densification.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

02315 - Excavation Page 1 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Prepare excavation protection plan under direct supervision of Professional Engineer


experienced in design of this Work and approved by the Engineer.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Applicable.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify site conditions and note subsurface irregularities affecting Work of this
section.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Request underground utilities (if any) to be located and marked within and
surrounding construction areas not less than five working days before performing
Work.

B. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.

C. Remove and relocate utilities.

D. Protect utilities indicated to remain from damage.

E. Protect plant life, lawns, rock outcroppings and other features remaining as portion of
final landscaping.

F. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks,
paving, curbs, etc. from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.

3.3 SOIL DENSIFICATION - VIBRO-COMPACTION (IF REQUIRED)

A. Vibro-compact substrates below structure bearing surfaces as indicated on drawings


before excavating site.

B. Densify existing subsoils with relative density rating of compact to dense to attain
relative density rating of very dense.

C. Densification Equipment:
1. Depth Vibrator: Poker type with follower tubes with visible marking every
300 mm to enable insertion depth measurement.
2. Motion: Radial in horizontal plane.
3. Data Acquisition System: Record amps or pressure of the vibrator motor over
time and depth.

D. Perform densification in presence of an approved Geotechnical Engineer directly


under each footing with vibrator inserted in grid pattern at maximum 1.8 m on center.

02315 - Excavation Page 2 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation

1. Arrange compaction grid for each structure for maximum number of insertion
points and with outermost insertion points within the bearing area of footings.
2. Adjust compaction grid arrangement and spacing as directed by the approved
Geotechnical Engineer to achieve required densification.

E. Insert vibrator to maximum specified depth. Densify soils for 30 seconds or other
time as directed by the approved Geotechnical Engineer. Withdraw vibrator every
300 mm increments and repeat densification at each increment.
1. When subsurface obstruction prevents vibrator insertion to specified depth,
request instructions from the approved Geotechnical Engineer to compensate
for obstruction.

F. Tolerances:
1. Maximum Deviation from Center of Completed Compaction: 200 mm from
indicated position.
2. Maximum Deviation from Vertical: 4 degrees during vibrator insertion.

3.4 EXCAVATION

A. Underpin adjacent structures (if any) which may be damaged by excavation work.

B. Excavate subsoil to accommodate foundations, base slabs, construction operations,


etc.

C. Coordinate excavation requirements with drawings and geotechnical report for


working elevation to install foundations.

D. Excavate to working elevation for foundations.

E. Compact disturbed load bearing soil in direct contact with foundations to original
bearing capacity; perform compaction in accordance with Section 02320.

F. Compact surfaces under road construction to required density; perform compaction in


accordance with Section 02320.

G. Slope banks with machine to angle of repose or less until shored.

H. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations.

I. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining therein.

J. Trim excavation. Remove loose matter.

K. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders and rocks up to 0.25 m measured by volume, and
remove larger solid mineral material with volume in excess of 0.25 m as follow:
1. Excavate and remove rock by an approved mechanical method. Drill holes
and use wedges and mechanical disintegration compound to fracture rock.
2. Cut away rock at bottom of excavation to form level bearing.
3. Provide sound and unshattered base for foundations.
4. Remove excavated materials from site to approved dumps.

L. Notify the Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions.

02315 - Excavation Page 3 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation

M. Correct areas over excavated with lean concrete, cyclopean concrete and/or as
directed by the Engineer at no additional cost.

N. Remove excess and unsuitable materials from site to approved dumps outside the site.

O. Stockpile selected excavated material intended for reuse in approved area on site in
accordance with Section 02055; protect from erosion.

P. Repair or replace items indicated to remain damaged by excavation.

3.5 MANUAL EXCAVATION

A. The Contractor shall perform all manual excavation and other work which is required
to locate and to protect existing utilities or services within the limits of the Contract
or at off-site locations in accordance with the requirements as specified herein and as
directed by the Engineer.

B. The existing utilities and services to be located and protected by manual excavation
shall include, but not limited to, all sewer, water mains and lines, gas mains, oil lines,
electric (both power and lighting), telephone, drainage and such others as may be
encountered under this Contract or at off-set locations.

C. The purpose of manual excavation is to determine the existence, location including


depth, size, shape, composition and condition of all existing utilities and services and
to protect them. The information obtained shall be recorded and shall be shown on
working or shop drawings for the installation, relocation or protection of proposed or
existing utilities or other underground installations such as, but not limited to,
relocation of electrical distribution systems, waterline relocation, irrigation system,
telephone systems, surface drainage lines, foundations, and other underground utility
and roadway appurtenance covered under this Contract.

D. The width of manually excavated trenches shall be such that a workman is able to
excavate safely and efficiently to a depth determined as reasonable by the Engineer in
consideration of the best existing utilities information available from local agencies.

E. Manual excavations shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer, taking all
precautions to prevent damages to services, properties and persons, and any damage
resulting from the negligence of the Contractor, his agents or his employees, shall be
repaired at the Contractors expense. This is in addition to any indemnities stipulated
in the General Conditions of Contract and these Specifications dealing with Public
Utilities and Safety Regulations.

F. Before commencing manual excavation, the Contractor shall obtain approval of the
relevant local authorities having jurisdiction and of the Engineer, and shall maintain
records of such manual excavation as specified herein. The Contractor shall furnish
two (2) copies to the Engineer of all the field notes and drawings with the details as
recorded by the Contractor of all utilities and services located by manual excavation
as specified herein and as directed by the Engineer.

G. The Contractor shall provide all tools, labor, equipment and accessories as required to
complete the manual excavation. Further, the Contractor shall provide, but not by
way of limitation, all materials, labor and equipment necessary to protect the existing

02315 - Excavation Page 4 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation

utilities, as well as any shoring, sheeting, dewatering and any other means required
for protection during manual excavation.

H. All materials removed shall be disposed off-site by the Contractor in accordance with
this specifications section, unless the excavated materials are approved by the
Engineer for use as backfill. All manually excavated trenches shall be backfilled,
when backfilling is required as directed by the Engineer, with approved selected
materials, placed and compacted, all in accordance with Section 02320. The
Contractor shall place material, compact the same with care so as not to damage the
existing utilities or services. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all
damages caused by his construction operation.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Request visual inspection of bearing surfaces by an approved inspection agency


before installing subsequent work.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Prevent displacement or loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability

B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation.

C. Protect structures, utilities and other facilities from damage caused by settlement,
lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earth
operations.

PART 4 MEASUREMENTS AND PAY ITEMS

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. General Excavation in Cut Sections, and Structural Excavation:


1. Basis of Measurement: By the cubic meter (m) for each type separately
excavated, completed and accepted.
a. Excavation in cuttings shall be measured to the dimensions shown on
the Drawings. The commencing surface shall be the natural ground
level as recorded by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer
prior to commencing the excavation.
b. Measurement of structural excavation shall be of original ground
elevations or ground elevations after removal of general excavation.
Limits shall not be greater than vertical planes 500 mm from the
maximum dimension, on each side of the structure. Where structures
are to be constructed against or in natural rock, excavation limits
shall be the dimensions of the structure shown on the drawings.
Bottom limits shall be the ordered foundation bed elevations. Only
material excavated from its original position shall be measured for
payment. No measurements shall be made for structural excavation in
embankments previously constructed by the Contractor.
c. Approved additional excavation in unstable material or other
unsuitable material encountered below foundation level shall be
measured separately, or as part of the structural excavation.

02315 - Excavation Page 5 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation

d. Structural excavation for manholes, chambers and the like, slope


protection works, fence posts, sign posts, cables, ducts, lighting
columns, and all other minor structures, shall not be measured for
direct payment, but shall be considered as subsidiary works, which
rate shall be deemed to be included in the erection of the said items.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes general excavating to required elevations in any
type of soil including silts, clays, sand, gravel, granular materials, and
fractured, jointed and solid rock; leveling, ramming, trimming and grading
bottoms and trimming sides and bottoms of excavation; planking and
strutting and supporting the sides of excavation; removing abandoned
services and utilities of any type; preserving the bottoms of excavations;
filling any over-excavated volumes or disturbed areas to the net dimensions;
dealing with water, maintaining excavations in a dry condition, and
excavating and refilling of any damaged surfaces; multiple handling of
materials and transporting around the site, provision of storage areas;
selection, handling and storage of material for filling and backfilling
purposes; locating and protecting existing services and utilities (if any), and
provision of all necessary temporary diversion works to maintain the said
services and utilities in use during execution of the works and repairing or
replacing them should they become damaged; any hand working close to or
below existing services (if any); providing all necessary barriers, lighting,
warning signs, traffic controls and all other safety measures necessary for the
Works; temporary cofferdams, support system, bailing, drainage, pumping,
sheeting, and all other temporary works; unauthorized overdepth and/or
overwidth excavations and the backfill material including lean concrete
required in such cases, no allowance shall be made for any working space or
subsequent variation in bulk excavation; over excavating as a result of the
Contractor's failure to protect and preserve the excavations and formations;
restoration and reinstatement of damaged surfaces; loading and disposing off
surplus and excess materials to approved dumping areas; full coordination
with local authorities having jurisdiction and/or Municipality.

B. Manual Excavation to Locate and Protect Existing Utilities and Services:


1. Basis of Measurement: By the cubic meter (m) manually excavated,
completed and accepted.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes full compensation for manual excavation to
located and protect existing utilities and services, all necessary shoring,
sheeting, dewatering, loading, hauling, disposing off excavated materials,
measurements of the positions and determination of size, composition and
condition of all uncovered utilities, preparation of field notes and recording of
same on shop drawings indicating all such located existing utilities and
services, furnishing, placing of approved selected materials and compacting
to required density, all necessary tools, equipment, accessories and other
incidentals required to complete the works. No separate payment shall be
made for manual excavation not approved by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

02315 - Excavation Page 6 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Trenching

SECTION 02324

TRENCHING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Excavating trenches for utilities.
2. Backfilling and compaction from top of utility cover and around utility
structure to subgrade elevations.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 02320 - Backfill.
6. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
7. Section 02515 - Water Service Connections.
8. Section 02536 - Pressure Sewer System.
9. Section 02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems.
10. Section 02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems.
11. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
12. Division 16 - Electrical.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO M288 - Geotextile Specification.
2. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates.
2. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
3. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the
Sand-Cone Method.
4. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
5. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Rubber Balloon Method.
6. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
7. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

02324 - Trenching Page 1 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Trenching

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Utility: Any buried pipe, duct, conduit, cable, etc. with fittings, accessories and the
like.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Excavation Protection Plan: Describe sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials and
installation required to protect excavations and adjacent structures and property;
include structural calculations to support plan.

C. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, 4.5 kg sample of each type of fill to testing
laboratory.

D. Materials Source: Submit name of imported fill materials suppliers.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to Engineers satisfaction.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Prepare excavation protection plan under direct supervision of Professional Engineer


experienced in design of this Work and approved by the Engineer.

1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.8 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination and project


conditions.

B. Verify Work associated with lower elevation utilities is complete before placing
higher elevation utilities.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 FILL MATERIALS

A. Fill: As specified in Section 02055.

02324 - Trenching Page 2 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Trenching

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Filter Fabric (Geotextile): Non-woven; non-biodegradable; made from polyolefin,


polyester, or polyamide; 200 g/m; and with the following minimum properties
determined according to ASTM D 4759 and referenced standard test methods:
1. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D 4632) 900 N.
2. Tear Strength (ASTM D 4533) 310 N.
3. Puncture Resistance (ASTM D 4833) 490 N.
4. Water Flow Rate (ASTM D 4491) 75 L/s/m.
5. Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D 4751) 0.095 mm.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Request underground utility information (if any) from relevant authorities not less
than three working days before performing Work. Request underground utilities to be
located and marked within and surrounding construction areas.

B. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum locations.

C. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping.

D. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving and curbs from
excavating equipment and vehicular traffic.

E. Maintain and protect above and below grade utilities indicated to remain.

F. Establish temporary traffic control and detours. Relocate controls and reroute traffic
as required during progress of Work.

G. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction.

3.2 TRENCHING

A. Excavate subsoil required for utilities.

B. Cut trenches to width indicated on drawings. Remove water or materials that interfere
with Work.

C. Bottom of trenches shall be pipe invert level in addition to the thickness of the pipe
and pipe bedding.

D. Excavate trenches to depth indicated on drawings. Provide uniform and continuous


bearing and support for bedding material of utilities.

E. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations.

F. When Project conditions permit, slope side walls of excavation starting 600 mm
above top of pipe. When side walls can not be sloped, provide sheeting and shoring to
protect excavation as specified in this section.

02324 - Trenching Page 3 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Trenching

G. When subsurface materials at bottom of trench are loose or soft, notify the Engineer
and request instructions, then excavate to greater depth as directed.

H. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with
approved fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for
subsequent backfill material.

I. Trim excavation. Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe joints. Remove loose matter.

J. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders and rocks up to 0.25 m measured by volume, and
remove larger solid mineral material with volume in excess of 0.25 m as follow:
1. Excavate and remove rock by an approved mechanical method. Drill holes
and use wedges and mechanical disintegration compound to fracture rock.
2. Cut away rock at bottom of excavation to form level bearing.
3. Remove shaped layers to provide sound and unshattered base for foundations.
4. Remove excavated materials from site to approved dumps.

K. Correct areas over excavated with compacted backfill as specified for authorized
excavation or replace with lean concrete as directed by the Engineer.

L. Remove excess subsoil not intended for reuse, from site.

M. Stockpile excavated material intended for reuse in approved area on site in


accordance with Section 02055.

3.3 SHEETING AND SHORING

A. Sheet, shore, and brace excavations to prevent danger to persons, structures and
adjacent properties and to prevent caving, erosion and loss of surrounding subsoil.

B. Support trenches more than 1000 mm deep excavated through unstable, loose, or soft
material. Provide sheeting, shoring, bracing, or other protection to maintain stability
of excavation.

C. Design sheeting and shoring to be left in place as part of the completed Work, cut off
minimum 450 mm below finished grade or to be removed at completion of work.

D. Repair damage caused by failure of the sheeting, shoring, or bracing and for
settlement of filled excavations or adjacent soil.

E. Repair damage to new and existing Work from settlement, water or earth pressure or
other causes resulting from inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing.

3.4 BACKFILLING

A. Backfilling of pipe trenches (except at joints) shall be done as soon as practicable


after the pipes have been satisfactorily laid in position and jointed and in no case shall
more than five pipe lengths be left uncovered after laying. Where shown on drawings,
the first stage of the backfill, up to 300 mm above the crown of the pipe, shall consist
of selected material. Selected material shall be free draining and readily compactable.
This backfill shall be spread in layers not exceeding 150 mm in thickness after
compaction, and compacted to required density.

02324 - Trenching Page 4 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Trenching

B. The remainder of the pipe trench (from 300 mm above the crown of the pipe to the
sub-base coarse of the road or to the top of the trench) shall be backfilled with
selected and suitable fill materials, after the completion of testing, by one of the
following methods:
1. Where the pipeline crosses or runs underneath roads or pavements,
backfilling shall be placed in layers not exceeding 200 mm after compaction,
and wetted as necessary and compacted to required density.
2. In open areas, backfilling may be done with excavated material dumped into
the trench, provided that the fill material does not contain any large stones,
that the trench is completely filled without leaving any voids, and the fill is
finished with a neat mound raised to about 300 mm above the trench edges to
allow for future subsidence.

C. Employ placement method that does not disturb or damage utilities in trench.

D. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction


density.

E. All joints and other accessories shall be left uncovered until after the pipeline shall
have passed successfully the specified pressure and/or leakage tests.

F. Protect open trench to prevent danger to the public.

G. Where the backfill cover above the pipe is less than 700 mm. The travel of the tracks
or wheels of heavy equipment thereon will be strictly prohibited, and the Contractor
shall use suitable small compactor, and shall be responsible for any damage caused to
the pipe by non compliance with this requirement.

H. The Contractor shall be responsible for any subsidence of trench backfill and shall
make good any damage to road or structures caused thereby during the Period of
Maintenance.

I. Where lengths of trench are excavated partly in rock, stony ground, or in other
material unsuitable for backfilling, there may not be sufficient suitable material
available from the excavation for backfilling as specified above and in such cases the
Contractor shall transport suitable material from other pans of the work or from
borrow areas.

J. The Contractor shall make arrangements for sites for tipping the spoil and include in
his rates for excavation the cost of haulage and tipping of spoil and all expenses in
connection with the obtaining of suitable backfilling material.

3.5 TOLERANCES

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for tolerances.

B. Top Surface of Backfilling: Plus or minus 15 mm from required elevations.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services, and
Execution requirements for testing, adjusting and balancing.

02324 - Trenching Page 5 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Trenching

B. Perform laboratory material tests in accordance with ASTM D1557 or ASTM D698.

C. Perform in place compaction tests in accordance with the following:


1. Density Tests: ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, or ASTM D2922.
2. Moisture Tests: ASTM D3017.

D. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work,
replace, compact, and retest until Work meets the specified requirements.

3.7 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for protecting finished work.

B. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic during construction.

3.8 SCHEDULE

A. Compact each layer of placed backfilling materials uniformly to achieve minimum


98% of maximum density using Modified Proctor Test Method.

END OF SECTION

02324 - Trenching Page 6 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sub-Grade Preparation

SECTION 02339

SUB-GRADE PREPARATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes grading and compacting surfaces under structure foundations or base
slabs, under flexible pavement, and under rigid pavement.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
3. Section 02315 - Excavation.
4. Section 02320 - Backfill.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
Aggregates.
2. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
3. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the
Sand-Cone Method.
4. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
5. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Rubber Balloon Method.
6. ASTM D2419 - Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils
and Fine Aggregate.
7. ASTM D2434 - Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils
(Constant Head).
8. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
9. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals procedures.

B. Samples: Submit 4.5 kg sample of each type of fill to testing laboratory.

C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials suppliers.

02339 - Sub-Grade Preparation Page 1 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sub-Grade Preparation

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of utilities remaining


by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C136, ASTM D2419, and ASTM D2434.

B. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Fill: As specified in Section 02055.

2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services,


testing and analysis of soil material.

B. Testing and Analysis of Subsoil and Topsoil Materials: Perform in accordance with
ASTM D698, ASTM D1557 and/or AASHTO T180.

C. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material
and retest.

D. Furnish materials of each type from approved same source throughout the Work.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify site conditions under provisions of relevant authorities standard.

C. Verify survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated on
Drawings.

3.2 PREPARATION

02339 - Sub-Grade Preparation Page 2 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sub-Grade Preparation

A. Identify required lines, levels, contours and datum.

B. Protect utilities indicated to remain from damage (if any).

C. Protect plant life, lawns and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping.

D. Protect bench marks, survey control point, existing structures, fences, sidewalks,
paving and curbs from compacting equipment and vehicular traffic.

3.3 EXCAVATION AND FILLING (WHERE REQUIRED)

A. Excavate soil from areas to be further excavated, relandscaped, or regraded.

B. Do not excavate wet soil or excavate and process wet material to obtain optimum
moisture content.

C. When excavating through roots, perform Work by hand and cut roots with sharp axe.

D. Remove excavated materials from site and cart away to approved dumping areas.

E. Benching Slopes: Horizontally bench existing slopes greater than 1:4 to key placed
fill material to slope to provide firm bearing.

F. Stability: Replace damaged or displaced soil as specified for fill.

G. Fill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen selected materials.

H. Place fill material in continuous layers and compact to achieve specified density;
perform compaction in accordance with Section 02320.

I. Slope grade away from construction areas, minimum 1.5%, unless noted otherwise.

J. Make grade changes gradual. Blend slope into level areas.

K. Repair or replace items indicated to remain damaged by excavation or filling.

3.4 SUB-GRADE PREPARATION

A. Compact all surfaces to receive slab on grade and base slabs, flexible pavement and
rigid pavement; perform compaction in accordance with Section 02320.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of substrate to attain required compaction density

C. Install Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.5 TOLERANCES

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for tolerances.

B. Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus 30 mm from required elevation.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

02339 - Sub-Grade Preparation Page 3 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sub-Grade Preparation

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services and
execution requirements for testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Perform laboratory material tests in accordance with ASTM D1557, ASTM D698
and/or AASHTO T180.

C. Perform in place compaction tests in accordance with the following:


1. Density Tests: ASTM D1556, ASTM D2167, or ASTM D2922.
2. Moisture Tests: ASTM D3017.

D. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work,
replace and retest.

3.7 SCHEDULES

A. Sub-Grade Preparation: Compact uniformly to minimum 98% of maximum density


using Modified Proctor Test Method.

PART 4 MEASUREMENTS AND PAY ITEMS

4.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Sub-Grade Preparation and Compaction:


1. Basis of Measurement: By the square meter (m) of surfaces compacted,
completed and accepted.
a. Sub-grade preparation and compaction for breaking out and
reinstatement of paved or unpaved surfaces shall not be measured for
direct payment, but shall be considered as subsidiary works, which
rate shall be deemed to be included in the erection of the said item.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes preparing and compaction to required density of
sub-grade layer, excavating where required, supplying and placing suitable
fill materials where required, compaction to required density, and testing.

END OF SECTION

02339 - Sub-Grade Preparation Page 4 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

SECTION 02410

EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Shoring necessary to minimize deformations and protect existing neighboring


buildings, streets, walkways, utilities and other improvements, and excavation against
loss of ground or caving embankments.

B. Maintenance of shoring.

C. Types of shoring systems include the following:


1. Excavation support systems made up of steel sheet piles with tieback ground
anchors where required as shown on approved shop drawings, or to some
other detail acceptable to the Engineer.

D. Related Sections:
1. Section 02315 - Excavation.

1.2 SOIL PARAMETERS ASSUMPTIONS

A. Soil parameters assumptions adopted in the Tender Documents are indicative and for
guidelines, the Contractor should adapt to his design accordingly.

B. Soil Profile: As shown on drawings and confirmed by additional soil investigations.

1.3 REFERENCES (Other equivalent standards are approved)

A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A6/A6M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for
Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling.
2. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
3. ASTM A690/A690M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy
Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments.

B. American Welding Society:


1. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
2. AWS D1.5 - Bridge Welding Code.

C. British Standards:
1. BS 8081:1989 - Code of Practice for Ground Anchors.

D. The Institution of Civil Engineers 1996:


1. Specification for Piling and Embedded Retaining Walls.

E. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings:


1. SSPC PA 2 - Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages.
2. SSPC SP 5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 1 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Drive piles to levels indicated on approved shop drawings.

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Steel Sheet Piles:


1. The Contractor shall design, supply all required materials and equipment, and
construct as per approved final detailed design and shop drawings the
specified embedded sheetpiling system having the quality of materials and
workmanship meeting the specified requirements.
2. The Contractors design shall comprise the calculation of individual element
sizes based on the ground conditions revealed by approved site investigation.
3. The Contractor shall undertake tests to confirm depth of sheet pile
embedment and the different soil layers.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittal procedures.

B. Submit the following for approval in accordance with General Requirements


specifications sections, and with the additional requirements as specified for each:
1. Detailed Method Statement: Include layout drawings and sections showing
geological profile, design calculations, material specifications, installation
and application procedures, measurement and test procedures, programme of
work and qualifications of Contractors staff for approval by Engineer.
2. For support system with tieback anchors, show geologic profile for which
each anchor is intended. Length of anchor to be finalized accordingly. Design
load for full depth of the excavation, maximum design and proof load.
Indicate criteria proposed for deformation under proof load.
3. Submit support system tieback details including design calculations,
installation and load test procedures, grouting materials, grouting methods,
and detailed working drawings.
4. Daily Progress Report: To be submitted not later than 12:00 noon of the
following day.
5. Shop Drawings: Indicate details and schedule of pile installation sequence.
Identify recommended pile length and shapes to suit design loads.
6. Product Data: Submit details of collars, tips, splices, cushion blocks, etc.
7. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify Product meets or exceeds specified
requirements.
8. For tieback anchors along adjoining roads and neighboring buildings when
necessary, keep available copies of permissions of Owner/Concerned
Authority in writing and submit copies of permissions with drawings.
9. Keep available copies of permits from concerned authorities on Site to enable
uninterrupted work in forming of embankments along adjoining roads and
plots. Embankments shall be inside site fences and barricades.

1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record the following:

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 2 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

1. Pile type and grade of steel.


2. Sizes, lengths, and locations of piles.
3. Type of Hammer.
4. Sequence of driving.
5. Date of driving.
6. Commencing surface level.
7. Driving force of each hammer blow.
8. Number of blows per meter for entire length of piles and measured for each
250 mm penetration.
9. Depth driven.
10. Length of pile extensions.
11. Length of off-cuts.
12. Identify piles requiring drilling, and holes diameters.
13. Final base and top elevations.
14. All information regarding interruptions, unexpected changes in driving
characteristics, obstructions and times taken in overcoming them.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform work to comply with latest recognized standards and codes.

B. Design support of excavation in accordance with indicated design criteria shown and
specified in Geotechnical Report. Criteria are the minimum acceptable.

C. Design shoring for sides of excavations in a manner permitting safe and expeditious
construction of permanent structures, minimizing movement or settlement of the
ground and preventing damage to adjacent buildings, structures and utility facilities.

D. Approval of Contractors plans and methods of construction does not relieve him of
his responsibility for adequacy of support.

1.9 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Design and execute work of this section under direct supervision of a qualified
professional engineer experienced in design and execution of this kind of work.

B. Submit name of engaged Engineer and qualifying technical experience.

C. All work shall be carried out by skilled workmen that have at least five years
experience in the relevant field.

1.10 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Monitor performance of components of support system, both vertical and horizontal


movement, at regular intervals not to exceed three days.

B. Provide contingency plan or alternative procedures to be implemented if unfavorable


performance is evidenced.

C. Keep on hand materials and equipment necessary to implement contingency plan.

D. Do not splice elements of support system unless approved.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 3 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

E. Coordinate work continuously with excavation works.

1.11 SCHEDULING

A. General Requirements: Requirements for scheduling.

B. Schedule Work to perform driving during hours recommended by relevant local


authorities.

C. Do not drive piles until excavation or filling of area surrounding piles is completed to
grades indicated on approved shop drawings.

D. Do not drive piles until mud-line is clear of debris or other material interfering with
pile driving.

1.12 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Monitor performance of components of support system, both vertical and horizontal


movement, at regular intervals not exceeding three days.

B. Provide contingency plan or alternative procedures to be implemented if unfavorable


performance is evidenced.

C. Keep on hand materials and equipment necessary to implement contingency plan.

D. Do not splice elements of support system unless approved.

E. Coordinate works continuously with excavation works.

1.13 GROUND CONDITIONS

A. No responsibility is accepted by the Engineer or Employer for any opinions or


conclusions given in any factual or interpretative ground investigations. The
Contractor shall report immediately to the Engineer any circumstance which indicates
that in the Contractors opinion, the ground conditions differ from those reported in or
which could have been inferred from the ground investigations or preliminary pile
test results.

1.14 NUISANCE AND DAMAGE

A. Carry out the work in such a manner and at such times as to minimize noise, vibration
and other disturbance in order to comply with current environmental legislation.

B. If, in the opinion of the Contractor, damage may be caused to other structures or
services during the execution of the works, he shall immediately notify the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit his plans for making surveys and monitoring movements
or vibration before the commencement of the works.

C. The Contractor shall ensure that during the work, displacement or damage, which
would impair either performance or durability, does not occur to completed works.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 4 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

1.15 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Piles: ASTM A690/A690M, ASTM A6/A6M, and ASTM A36/A36M; structural


black steel rolled sections; shape, sizes and lengths as per approved Contractors
design and shop drawings.

B. Splicer Sleeve: To suit pile shape and application.

C. Pile Cap: Welded black steel sheets; to suit pile shape and application.

D. Accessories: Points, driving cap; to suit pile shape.

E. Steel tendons in excess of 10m in length to conform to AASHTO M204 - Uncoated


Stress Relieved Wire for Prestressed Concrete, or any equivalent standard.

F. Protective wrapping for tendons shall be chemically neutral and adequate for the
purpose intended.

G. Cement grout for use in anchors shall normally consist of a mixture of cement and
water only. Fine aggregates passing No. 16 sieve may be used for grouting of large
holes if approved by Engineer. Compressive strength of 100mm cubes made of grout
shall be minimum 170 kg/cm at 7 days, cubes being cured in a moist atmosphere for
first 2 hours and then into water.

H. Grout mix shall have good fluidity and low sedimentation or bleeding in the plastic
state and durability and density with low shrinkage in the hardened state in order to
bond to sides of boreholes providing protection for tendons. Mix proportions shall be
as specified for the various applications of grout and grouting trials shall be
undertaken if requested by Engineer.

I. Admixtures and filler may be used if approved. Chlorides are not acceptable.

J. Ground Anchors: To satisfy BS 8081.

K. Other Materials: Those best suited for use intended and approved by the Engineer.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Approved appropriate equipment to execute.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 5 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.

C. Continuously seal pile extension by continuous and regular welds.

D. All fabricated piles shall be to manufacturers recommendations.

E. The dimensional tolerances of the steel sheet piles shall comply with the following:
1. Width:
a. Single Piles: 2 %.
b. Interlocked Piles: 3 %.
2. Thickness of Section: 5 %.
3. Weight: 5 %.
4. Length: 200 mm.
5. Squareness of Cut for Each Section:
a. Parallel to Line of Wall: 2 %.
b. Perpendicular to Line of Wall: 10 mm.
6. Straightness: 0.2 % of pile length.
7. Depth of Section: 4 %.

2.4 ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION OF STEEL SHEET PILES SURFACES

A. Black steel piles shall receive the following anti-corrosion protection:


1. For the Length Up to 2 m below Ground Level: Apply a zinc silicate primary
coat 50-75 microns after a grit blasting treatment to SA 2 of the Swedish
standard followed by three or more coats of epoxy coal-tar to obtain an
overall dry film thickness (DFT) of 250 microns (including primer).
2. Additional protection shall be designed, supplied and installed to the approval
of the Engineer, by the Contractor for the protection of piles below the splash
zone by installing sacrificial anodes.

2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing, inspection and analysis.

B. Test sample piles in accordance with approved standards and codes.

C. Maintain and submit to the Engineer records of tests and inspections.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. The Contractor shall satisfy himself that the sheet piles can be installed adequately to
the correct depths through the reported or anticipated soil conditions. The Engineer
shall be notified 24 hours before the commencement of driving.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 6 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Before starting work verify governing dimensions and elevations. Verify condition
properties. Take photographs to record any existing settlement or cracking of
structures, pavements and other improvements. Prepare a list of such damages
verified by dated photographs, and signed by Contractor and others conducting
investigation.

B. Survey structures and improvements, employing qualified professional Engineer,


establishing exact elevations at fixed points (at max. 10m spacing) to act as
benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations.

C. During excavation, resurvey benchmarks weekly, maintaining accurate log of


surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. Promptly notify the
Engineer if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident.

D. Survey and photographs reports shall be transmitted to Engineer.

3.3 ANCHORS

A. Anchors shall be used as required in complement to the provisions of "General


Method Statement for Sheet Steel Piles" stated here below.

B. General:
1. Care shall be taken to avoid mechanically damaging, work hardening or
heating tendons while handling. All tendons shall be stored clear of the
ground and shall be protected from the weather, from any other materials and
from splashes from the cutting operation of an oxy-acetylene torch, or arc
welding processes in the vicinity. In no circumstances shall tendons after
manufacture be subjected to any welding operation, or on site heat treatment
or metallic coating such as galvanizing.
2. When tendons have been stored on site for a long period, the Engineer may
require tests to show that the quality of the tendons has not been significantly
impaired by either corrosion or stress-corrosion, loss of cross-sectional area,
or changes in any other mechanical characteristics.
3. All tendons shall be free from loose mill scale, loose rust, oil, paint, grease,
soap or other lubricants or other harmful matter at the time of incorporation
in the rock. Cleaning of tendons shall be carried out either by wire brushing
or by passing through a pressure box containing carborundum powder.
Solvent solutions shall not be used for cleaning without approval.
4. Low relaxation and normal relaxation wire shall be in sufficiently large
diameter coils to ensure that the wire pays off straight. In cases where, in the
opinion of the Engineer, straight as-drawn wire is not essential, wire in small
diameters coils corresponding to the diameter of the blocks in the drawing
machine may be used.
5. Prestressing bars as delivered shall be straight. Any small adjustments for
straightness necessary on site shall be made by hand under the supervision of
the Engineer. Bars bent in the threaded portion shall be rejected. Any
straightening of bars shall be carried out cold.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 7 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

C. Execution:
1. All cutting to length and trimming of ends shall be by high speed abrasive
cutting wheel, friction saw, or any other mechanical method approved by the
Engineer. In rock anchor systems, the cutting action shall be not less than one
diameter from the anchor, and the heating effect on the tendon shall be kept
to a minimum.
2. The tendon(s) shall be accurately located and maintained in position. Spacers
shall be used to keep the tendons in their correct position in the borehole.
3. The tendon or tendons shall terminate at the back of the hole in the rock
secured in a ribbed steel cylindrical anchorage block or be grouted into place
over the anchorage length defined for the working load required. The end of
the borehole shall be filled with a polyester resin or cement mortar. The
length of anchorage shall be sufficient to take the load on the tendons with a
factor of safety of 2. The remaining length of tendon, (the free length) shall
be encased in a corrosion-protected grease-packed, plastic debonding sheet.
4. All wires or strands stressed in one operation shall be taken, where possible,
from the same parcel. Each cable shall be tagged with its number and the coil
number or numbers of the steel used. Cables shall not be kinked or twisted,
and individual wires and strands shall be readily identifiable at the end of the
member. No strand that becomes unraveled shall be used.
5. A tendon, when tensioned, contains a considerable amount of stored energy,
which, in the event of any tendon failure, anchorage or jack, may be released
violently. The Contractor shall ensure that adequate precautions are taken
during and after tensioning to safeguard persons from injury and equipment
from damage which may be caused by sudden release of this energy.

D. Tensioning: Hydraulic jacks shall be used for tensioning tendons. The tensioning
operation and tensioning apparatus shall be in conformity with BS 8081 and shall
meet the following general requirements:
1. The means of attachment of the tendon to the jack shall be safe and secure.
2. Where two or more wires or strands are stressed simultaneously, care shall be
taken that they are of approximately equal lengths between anchorage points
at the datum of load and extension measurement. The degree of variation
shall be small compared with the expected extension.
3. Tensioning shall be such that a controlled total force is imposed gradually
and no dangerous secondary stresses are included in the tendons, anchorage
or concrete.
4. The force in the tendons during tensioning shall be measured by direct
reading loads cells or obtained indirectly from gauges fitted in the hydraulic
system to determine the pressure in the jacks. Facilities shall be provided for
the measurement of the extension of the tendon and of any movement of the
tendon in the gripping devices. The load-measuring device shall be calibrated
to an accuracy within plus or minus 2% and checked at frequent intervals
agreed with the Engineer. Elongation of the tendon shall be measured to an
accuracy within 2% or 2mm, whichever is more accurate.
5. Complete records shall be kept of all tensioning operations, including the
measured extension, pressure-gauge, or load-cell reading and the amount of
pull-in at each anchorage.
6. Anchorage of the tendons at the rock face end of the borehole shall conform
to BS 4447.
7. The form of anchorage system shall facilitate the even distribution of stress in
the concrete bearing pad.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 8 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

8. Split wedge and barrel-type anchors shall be of material and construction


such that under the loads imposed during tensioning operation, the strain in
barrel shall not allow such movement of the wedges to reach the limit of their
travel before causing sufficient lateral force to grip the tendon, or before the
limit of travel of the wedges causes an excessive force in the tendon.
9. If proprietary forms of anchorage are used, the anchoring procedure shall be
in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and recommendations and
as approved by the Engineer.
10. All bearing surfaces of the anchorages of whatever form shall be clean prior
to the tensioning operation.
11. Any allowance for draw-in of the tendon during anchoring shall be in
accordance with the Engineers instructions and the actual slip occurring shall
be recorded for each individual anchorage.
12. After tendons have been anchored, the force exerted by the tensioning
apparatus shall be decreased gradually and steadily so as to avoid shock to
the tendon or the anchorage.
13. Provision shall be made for the protection of anchorages against corrosion.

E. Grouting:
1. The space in the borehole around the tendons shall be grouted with a cement
grout such that the void shall be completely filled.
2. Grouting shall be carried out as soon as practicable after the tendons have
been stressed.
3. Anchor fixed length shall be post-grouted between 24 to 48 hours after filling
of the complete anchor borehole with cementitious grout to the top. Post-
grouting shall be performed through a sleeved polyethylene pipe under
grouting pressures of 60 bars to ensure safe friction bearing of the anchors.
4. Special Methodology to be submitted for anchorages under water. Necessary
precautions to be taken so as not to allow washing out of grout.

F. Testing:
1. Before commencement of any part of the anchorage works, four trial anchors
(two above water and two under water) shall be installed and tested to ensure
that they can carry the specified load with a safety factor of 2.
2. Load/elongation curves shall be plotted and interpreted by the Contractor and
presented with all relevant data in a form approved by the Engineer.
3. If either of the trial shows that the anchor has a factor of safety less than 2,
then the anchorage length and formation shall be modified and two further
tests shall be carried out.

3.4 DESTRESSING OF GROUND ANCHORS

A. During construction of the building, remove components of support system which


inadvertently penetrate or encroach on permanent structure without endangering
stability of support. Anchors shall be destressed and anchor heads shall be taken off
in layers, in accordance with the basement slabs construction sequence. Releasing of
anchors shall be done not earlier than 10 days after concreting of respective
slab/beams below the anchor layer. The design of the retaining system shall consider
the load cases which occur during basement construction.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 9 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Where system of tiebacks is used, undertake approved number of on-site tests to


demonstrate adequacy of tiebacks for typical subsurface conditions.

B. Conduct tests and obtain approval prior to use of tieback excavation support system.

C. The Engineer may require from Contractor to install certain instruments to monitor
performance of tieback system.

3.6 GENERAL METHOD STATEMENT FOR SHEET STEEL PILES

A. Piles shall be guided and held in position by temporary gates with each pile properly
interlocked with its neighbor. Piles shall not by-pass one another in place of
interlocking.

B. Where sheet piles are driven in panicles, the end piles to each panel shall be driven in
advance of the general run of piles. After allowing for initial penetration, no pile in
panel shall be driven to an excessive lead in comparison with the toe level of panel, in
general and where hard driving is encountered this lead should not exceed 1m.

C. At all stages during driving the free length of the sheet pile shall be adequately
supported and restrained. The Contractor shall ensure that the sheet panels are driven
without significant damage or declutching.

D. The selection of driving and contracting plant shall be made having due regard to the
ground conditions and pile type. The sheet piles shall be driven to the specified level
or if hard driving is experienced, to practical refusal (which shall be defined as when
the rate of penetration is below 100mm per be defined as when the rate of penetration
is below 100mm per minute when hammering continuously or 12 blows per 25mm
movement when using the appropriate equipment), or when visible damage to the pile
occurs. Practical refusal for pile extraction shall be defined generally as when the rate
of extraction of a pile is below 100mm per minute when back-hammering or pulling
(with equipment normally capable of withdrawing a pile) continuously (after an
initial effort of 10 minutes), or when damage to the pile head occurs. If the piles have
not penetrated to the required levels, or have encountered obstructions, the Contractor
shall submit details as to how he will overcome the problem.

E. If required, Contractor shall install sheet piles using a vibrationless jacking system.

F. Pile driving hammers shall be correctly positioned on the pile so that the hammer will
be aligned as near to the axis of the pile as is practically possible. Freely suspended
piling hammers shall be equipped with correctly adjusted leg guides and inserts.
Where a hammer is mounted in a rigid leader, the leader shall be stable. The anvil
block or driving plate shall be of sufficient size to cover as much as possible of the
cross-section of the pile.

G. Driving of each pile shall be continuous until the required depth or penetration has
been reached. In the event of unavoidable interruption to driving, the pile may be
redriven provided it can be driven to the specified depth or penetration. The
Contractor shall inform the Engineer without delay if an unexpected change in
driving characteristics is noted.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 10 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

H. The Contractor may provide each pile in more than one length. Spliced joints shall be
designed to cater for combined effects of bearing, shear and bending stresses imposed
upon the sheet piles. Splices shall be located to avoid maximum stress positions. If
splices are to be welded, then these shall be designed in accordance with approved
standards and to the manufacturers recommendations. Weld metal shall not encroach
within the interlock areas so as not to interfere with the interlocking of the piles.

I. Piles previously driven shall not be used until the Contractor can demonstrate that
they can meet all the requirements of the Specification.

3.7 PILE HAMMER

A. Use pile hammer complying with requirements indicated on approved shop drawings.

B. Keep hammer in good mechanical condition.

C. Operate hammer at speed and pressure recommended by manufacturer.

D. During pile driving operations, the Engineer may make occasional measurements of
velocity of hammer ram.

E. When energy per blow is less than 80 percent of rated energy per blow as specified by
manufacturer of pile hammer, make necessary repairs to improve energy output to
value of at least 80 percent of rated energy per blow, or replace pile hammer.

3.8 INSTALLATION

A. Drive piles only in presence of the Engineer.

B. Use rigid frame, fixed lead type driving equipment capable of supporting pile firmly
in vertical position or to required batter.

C. Align top of pile normal to driving force of pile, hammer and leads to minimize
bowing of pile during impact of hammer ram.

D. Drive piles to penetration indicated on approved shop drawings. Take corrective


action, when required, to prevent observable impact bowing on top of pile.

E. When driving resistance prohibits advancing pile to required penetration, spud, jet, jet
and drive, or use other means as necessary to advance pile to required penetration.
1. Pre-drilling or pre-augering hole of maximum diameter 50 mm smaller than
pile dimension may be used to advance pile to required penetration. Then
drive pile to required penetration.

F. Protect pile head during driving, using cap-block cushion consisting of alternate
plates of phenolic laminate and aluminum, and designed to prevent damage to piles
while transmitting the required hammer energy to top of pile, as indicated on
approved shop drawings, with full bearing on pile butt for even distribution of
hammer blow.

G. Deliver hammer blows to central axis of pile.

H. Re-drive piles which have lifted due to driving adjacent piles, or by soil uplift.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 11 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

I. Do not damage piles during driving operations.

J. Insure the interlocks are clean and free from distortion.

K. Cut off tops of piles to elevations indicated.

L. Prepare pile top to receive pile cap. Cut square and to within 5mm of levels specified.

M. Install and weld pile caps as shown on approved shop drawings.

3.9 WELDING AND SPLICING

A. Perform welding to AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.5 for shielded metal arc welding.

B. Only use welders qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.5.

C. Reinforce pile tips, as indicated on approved shop drawings.

D. Splice pile sections with complete penetration butt weld.

E. Use jig or alignment device during welding to maintain required specified.

F. For splices made during pile installation, rigid frame pile leads may be used as jig.

G. When lengths of pile are to be butt-spliced on site, adequate facilities shall be


provided for supporting and aligning them prior to welding such that the specified
straightness criterion can be achieved.

H. Weld tests shall be performed by radiographic or ultrasonic methods as specified.


Provided that satisfactory results are being obtained, one test shall be made for 10 %
or more of the number of welded splices.

I. Results shall be submitted to the Engineer within 10 days of completion of tests. Any
defective weld shall be cut out, replaced and reinspected.

3.10 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for tolerances.

B. Maximum Variation from Vertical for Plumb Piles: 1 in 75.

C. Maximum Variation from Required Angle for Batter Piles: 1 in 24.

D. Maximum Variation from Pile Cut-Off Level before Preparation to Receive Pile Cap:
50 mm of the required top level.

E. Maximum Variation in Plan: 75 mm of given sheet pile line at commencing surface.

F. Pile line dimensions shall be based on the nominal size of piles. Creep or shrinkage of
the pile lines shall not exceed the manufacturers rolling tolerances.

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 12 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Excavation Support and Protection

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services, and
execution requirements for testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Accepted test piles may be used in the Work.

C. Unacceptable Piles: Piles that fail tests, are placed out of position, are below cut-off
elevations or penetration depth, or are damaged.

D. Provide additional piles or replace piles to conform to specified requirements.

END OF SECTION

02410 - Excavation Support and Protection Page 13 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Dewatering

SECTION 02440

DEWATERING

PART 1 GENERAL

SECTION INCLUDES

A. Ground water lowering inside the site by the drilling and installation of
dewatering wells of the requisite performance to keep the site dry.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Pumps, well and piping system to be approved by Engineer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

PREPARATION

A. Before starting work, verify governing dimensions and elevations. Verify


condition properties. Take photographs to record any existing
settlement or cracking of structures, pavements and other improvements.
Prepare a list of such damages verified by dated photographs, and signed
by Contractor and others conducting investigation.

B. Survey structures and improvements, employing qualified professional


Engineer, establishing exact elevations at fixed points (at max. 10m
spacing) to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record
existing elevations.

C. During dewatering, resurvey benchmarks weekly, maintaining accurate log


of surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. Promptly
notify the Engineer if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other
damage is evident.

D. Survey and photographs reports shall be transmitted to Engineer.

DEWATERING SYSTEM

A. The dewatering system shall be based on deep wells bored with


approximately 800 mm diameter, containing 500 mm diameter slotted well
casing with filter gravel between wall and casing.

B. The dewatering wells shall be connected by means of a 400 to 500 mm thick


gravel blanket, or gravel filled trench system of approved grid, which shall be
installed below the raft level in order to provide a horizontal drainage for the
seepage water to allow efficient pumping and for a clean and dry base for the

02440 - Dewatering Page 1 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Dewatering

construction of the raft.

C. For dewatering wells which are positioned within the basement area, special
provisions shall be made for penetration of the raft, which can be connected
to the waterproofing system of the basement and that can be closed and shut
waterproof after removal of the wells.

D. Dewatering shall be operated and maintained until the weight of the building
under construction is sufficient to counter the uplift pressure with a safety
margin of at least 25 percent.

DEWATERING

A. Install dewatering system utilizing wells, well points, or similar methods


complete with pump equipment, standby power and pumps, filter material
gradation, valves, appurtenances, water disposal and surface-water controls.
Well positions shall be coordinated with the Engineer.

B. Before excavation below ground-water level, place system into operation to


lower water to specified levels and then operate it continuously until drains,
sewers and structures have been constructed and fill materials have been
placed, or until dewatering is no longer required.

C. Provide an adequate system to lower and control ground water to permit


excavation, construction of structures and placement of fill materials on dry
subgrades. Install sufficient dewatering equipment to drain water-bearing
strata above and below bottom of foundations, drains, sewers and other
excavations.
1. Do not permit open-sump pumping that leads to loss of fines, soil
piping,
subgrade softening and slope instability.

D. Reduce hydrostatic head in water-bearing strata below subgrade elevations of


foundations, drains, sewers and other excavations.
2. Maintain piezometric water level a minimum of 500mm below surface
of excavation.

E. Dispose off water removed from excavations in a manner to avoid


endangering public health, property and portions of work under construction
or completed. Dispose off water in a manner to avoid inconvenience to
others. Provide sumps, sedimentation tanks and other flow-control devices
to Engineers approval and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

F. Provide standby equipment on site, installed and available for immediate


operation, to maintain dewatering on a continuous basis if any part of system
becomes inadequate or fails. If dewatering requirements are not satisfied
due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, restore damaged
structures and foundation soils at no additional expense.
1. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, remove dewatering
system from Project site on completion of dewatering. Plug or fill
well holes with sand or cut off and cap wells a minimum of 900mm

02440 - Dewatering Page 2 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Dewatering

below overlying construction.

G. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent structures, utilities and other


facilities caused by dewatering operations to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

H. Coordinate drainage well construction and removal with the Engineer to


take into consideration design dispositions of raft and waterproofing.

OBSERVATION WELLS

A. Provide, take measurements and maintain a minimum of five observation


wells or Piezometers and additional observation wells as may be directed by
the Engineer.

B. Observe and record daily elevation of ground water and piezometric water
levels in observation wells.

C. Repair or replace, within 24 hours, observation wells that become inactive,


damaged, or destroyed. Suspend construction activities in areas where
observation wells are not functioning properly until reliable observations
can be made. Add or remove water from observation-well risers to
demonstrate that observation wells are functioning properly.

D. Fill observation wells, remove Piezometers and fill holes when dewatering
is completed.

ENG OF SECTION

02440 - Dewatering Page 3 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

SECTION 02513

WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Pipe materials, fittings, valves and valve boxes normally
encountered with water distribution systems.
1. Pipe and fittings for water lines.
2. Underground pipe markers / warning detectable tape.
3. Bedding and cover materials.
4. Tapping sleeves and valves.
5. Valves and fire hydrants.
6. Concrete thrust blocks.
7. Pipe supports and anchoring.
8. Valve boxes and chambers.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils: Soil material for backfill in trenches.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate: Aggregate for backfill in trenches.
3. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
4. Section 02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes.
5. Section 02315 - Excavation.
6. Section 02320 - Backfill.
7. Section 02324 - Trenching.
8. Section 02515 - Water Service Connections.
9. Section 02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing.
10. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
11. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:


1. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.

C. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60000 PSI Tensile Strength.
4. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 1 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

5. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction


Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
6. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)
Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds.
7. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series).
8. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
9. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
10. ASTM D3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes
Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals.
11. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for
Joining Plastic Pipe.

D. American Water Works Association:


1. AWWA C104 - ANSI Standard for Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron
Pipe and Fittings for Water.
2. AWWA C105 - ANSI Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-
Iron Pipe Systems.
3. AWWA C110 - ANSI Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In.
Through 48 In. (76 mm through 1,219 mm), for Water.
4. AWWA C111 - ANSI Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron
Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
5. AWWA C115 - ANSI Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-
Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges.
6. AWWA C151 - ANSI Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for
Water or Other Liquids.
7. AWWA C153 - ANSI Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings for Water
Service.
8. AWWA C200 - Steel Water Pipe 6 In. (150 mm) and Larger.
9. AWWA C203 - Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water
Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied.
10. AWWA C205 - Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel
Water Pipe - 4 In. and Larger - Shop Applied.
11. AWWA C206 - Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe.
12. AWWA C207 - Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 In.
Through 144 In. (100 mm through 3,600 mm).
13. AWWA C208 - Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings.
14. AWWA C213 - Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior
of Steel Water Pipelines.
15. AWWA C300 - Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type.
16. AWWA C301 - Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type.
17. AWWA C500 - Gate Valves for Water and Sewage Systems.
18. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances.
19. AWWA C605 - Water Treatment - Underground Installation of Polyvinyl
Chloride PVC Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water.
20. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints.
21. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, and Fabricated
Fittings, 4" through 12" (100 mm through 300 mm), for Water Distribution.

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 2 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

22. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, " through 3",
for Water Service.
23. AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated
Fittings, 14" through 36" (350 mm through 1,200 mm), for Water
Transmission and Distribution.
24. AWWA C950 - Fiberglass Pressure Pipe.

E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry:


1. MSS SP-60 - Connecting Flange Joint between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping
Valves.

F. National Fire Protection Agency:


1. NFPA 24 - Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and
Their Appurtenances.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Permits: Obtain and submit to the Engineer all necessary permits from authorities
having jurisdiction.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for pipes and fittings. Indicate piping layout
including piping specialties piece numbers and locations and restrained joint
locations.

D. Product Data: Submit data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves and accessories.

E. Design Data: Submit restrained joint design data and calculations for pipe
establishing lengths of restrained joint piping required.

F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified


requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping mains, valves,


connections, thrust restraints and invert elevations.

C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of


uncharted utilities.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as specified,


as shown on drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

C. Valves: Mark valve body with manufacturer's name and pressure rating.

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 3 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and


protecting products.

B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place.

C. Block individual and stockpiled pipe lengths to prevent moving.

D. Do not place pipe or pipe materials on private property or in areas obstructing


pedestrian or vehicle traffic.

E. Store polyethylene materials out of sunlight.

1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.8 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination and project


conditions.

B. Coordinate the Work with all relevant authorities, and with connection to existing
water network and/or to service connections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as


specified, as shown on the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.2 WATER PIPING

A. Polyethylene Pipe: To AWWA C901, or to ASTM D3035, or to ASTM D2239 or to


ASTM D2447 Schedule 40.
1. Fittings: AWWA C901, molded or fabricated, or to ASTM D2609,
Polyethylene.
2. Joints: Compression or Butt fusion, or Mechanical with stainless steel clamp.

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 4 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

2.3 TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES

A. Tapping Sleeves:
1. Ductile iron dual compression type.
2. Outlet Flange Dimensions and Drilling: ASME B16.1, Class 125 and MSS
SP-60.

B. Tapping Valves:
1. AWWA C500, double disc with non-rising stem. Inlet flanges shall conform
to ANSI B16.1, Class 125 and MSS SP-60. Mechanical joint outlets shall
conform to AWWA C111.

2.4 VALVES AND FIRE HYDRANTS

A. Valves and Fire Hydrants: Conform to Section 02085.

2.5 AIR RELEASE VALVES

A. Ductile Iron Body, stainless steel float.

2.6 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS/WARNING DETECTABLE TAPE

A. Trace Wire for Pipe: Magnetic detectable conductor, clear or brightly colored plastic
covering, continuously imprinted with "Water Main" in large letters and in
accordance with relevant authorities standards. Sample to be submitted to the
Engineer for approval.

2.7 PIPE BEDDING AND COVER MATERIAL

A. Pipe Bedding and Cover: Sand as specified in Section 02060.

2.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT, CRADLES AND THRUST BLOCKS

A. Concrete: Conforming to Section 03300, reinforced concrete, strength in MPa at 28


day as directed by the Engineer, air entrained, rough troweled finish.

B. Concrete Reinforcement: Conform to Section 03200.

2.9 VALVE BOXES AND CHAMBERS

A. Valve Boxes and Chambers: Conform to Section 02082.

B. Structure Cover: Inscribed with "Water Service" and in accordance with relevant
authorities standards.

2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS

A. Soil Backfill above Pipe Cover to Finish Grade: Soil as specified in Section 02055.

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 5 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

2.11 PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORING

A. Metal for Pipe Support Brackets: ASTM A123/A123M, galvanized structural steel
thoroughly coated with bituminous paint.

B. Metal Tie Rods and Clamps or Lugs: Galvanized steel sized in accordance with
NFPA 24 thoroughly coated with bituminous paint.

2.12 ACCESSORIES

A. Steel Rods, Bolt, Lugs and Brackets: ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A307 carbon
steel.

B. Protective Coating: Coal tar or bituminous coating.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify trench cut and excavation base is ready to receive work and excavations,
dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Correct over excavation with lean concrete.

B. Remove large stones or other hard matter capable of damaging pipe or impeding
consistent backfilling or compaction.

C. Cut pipe ends square, ream pipe and tube ends to full pipe diameter, remove burrs.
Use only equipment specifically designed for pipe cutting. The use of chisels or hand
saws will not be permitted. Grind edges smooth with beveled end for push-on
connections.

D. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.

E. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.3 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02324. Hand trim excavation for
accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated on Drawings.

B. Excavate to lines and grades shown on Drawings or required to accommodate


installation of thrust blocks.

C. Dewater excavations to maintain dry conditions and preserve final grades at bottom
of excavation.

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 6 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

D. Provide sheeting and shoring in accordance with Section 02324.

3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE BEDDING

A. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in a continuous layer of 150
mm compacted depth unless otherwise shown on drawings; compact to 98 percent as
specified in Section 02324.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

3.5 INSTALLATION - PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Install pipe in accordance with AWWA, C600 or AWWA C605.

B. Handle and assemble pipe in accordance with manufacturers instructions and as


indicated on Drawings.

C. Steel Rods, Bolt, Lugs, and Brackets: Coat buried steel with one coat of coal tar
coating before backfilling.

D. Install ductile iron piping and fittings to AWWA C600.

E. Flanged Joints: Not to be used in underground installations except within structures.

F. Route pipe in straight line. Relay pipe that is out of alignment or grade.

G. Install pipe with no high points. If unforeseen field conditions arise which necessitate
high points, install air release valves as directed by the Engineer.

H. Install pipe to have bearing along entire length of pipe. Do not lay pipe in wet trench.

I. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement.

J. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints.

K. Close pipe openings with watertight plugs during work stoppages.

L. Install access fittings where shown on drawings.

M. Install detectable underground utility marking tape, continuous, above pipe center
line, over pipe cover as shown on drawings; coordinate with Section 02320.

N. Install steel pipe sleeve, underneath streets, as a protection to main pipe.

O. Install Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.6 INSTALLATION - PIPE COVER

A. Install pipe cover materials at sides and over top of pipe as specified in Section
02324. Compact to 98 percent dry density by weight.

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 7 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

C. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting.

D. Erect, underneath streets, plain concrete encasement to steel pipe sleeve using
Sulphate Resistant Cement to ASTM C150 type V, 25 MPa, in accordance with
section 03300.

3.7 INSTALLATION - VALVES, HYDRANTS AND VALVE BOXES

A. Install valves, hydrants and valve boxes in accordance with Section 02085.

3.8 INSTALLATION - TAPPING SLEEVES AND VALVES

A. Install tapping sleeves and valves in accordance with approved shop drawings and in
accordance with manufacturers instructions.

3.9 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

A. Encase piping in polyethylene where indicated on the Drawings to prevent contact


with surrounding backfill material.

B. Install in accordance with AWWA C105.

C. Terminate encasement 750 to 1500 mm above ground where pipe is exposed.

3.10 INSTALLATION - CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT, CRADLES AND


THRUST BLOCKS

A. Provide and install where directed and/or indicated on drawings concrete protection,
encasement, cradles and thrust blocks in accordance with section 03300.

B. Where concrete protection is to be placed in trenches over pipe cover, lay over pipe
crown during pipe cover installation, horizontal expandable polystyrene boards.

C. Pour concrete thrust blocks against undisturbed earth. Locate thrust blocks at each
elbow or change of pipe direction to resist resultant force and so pipe and fitting
joints will be accessible for repair.

D. Install tie rods, clamps, set screw retainer glands, or restrained joints. Protect metal
restrained joint components against corrosion by applying a bituminous coating, or by
concrete mortar encasement of metal area. Do not encase pipe and fitting joints to
flanges.

E. Install thrust blocks, tie rods, and joint restraint at dead ends, if any, of water line.

3.11 SERVICE CONNECTIONS

A. Install service connections in accordance with Section 02515.

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 8 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Distribution Systems

3.12 BACKFILLING

A. Backfill above pipe cover to finished grade in accordance with Section 02320.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding to attain required compaction density.

3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Perform pressure test on potable water distribution system in accordance with


AWWA C600, as specified in section 02952 and in accordance with local relevant
authorities standards.

C. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work,
replace and retest.

END OF SECTION

02513 - Water Distribution Systems Page 9 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Service Connections

SECTION 02515

WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe and fittings for domestic water service connections.
2. Underground pipe markers / warning detectable tape.
3. Pipe bedding and cover material.
4. Concrete protection, encasement, cradles and thrust blocks.
5. Backfill materials.
6. Main service stop assembly.
7. Surface boxes and irrigation outlets.
8. Concrete chamber.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
4. Section 02085 - Valves, Fire Hydrants and Valve Boxes.
5. Section 02315 - Excavation.
6. Section 02320 - Backfill.
7. Section 02324 - Trenching.
8. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
9. Section 02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing.
10. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
2. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
3. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.
4. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series).
5. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.
6. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with
Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.

02515 - Water Service Connections Page 1 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Service Connections

7. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
8. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

C. American Water Works Association:


1. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances.
2. AWWA C800 - Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings.
3. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, " through 3",
for Water Service.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings for surface box and connections; include
details showing the surface box, protection tube, connections and accessories.

C. Product Data: Submit data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, main service stop
assemblies, service saddles, tee connections and adaptors, and accessories.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping mains, stops,


connections, thrust restraints and invert elevations.

C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of


uncharted utilities.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as specified,


as shown on drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and


protecting products.

B. During loading, transporting, and unloading of products, prevent any damage.

C. Store products and materials off ground and under protective coverings and custody,
away from walls and in manner to keep these clean and in good condition until used.

D. Exercise care in handling products to avoid any damage.

02515 - Water Service Connections Page 2 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Service Connections

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as


specified, as shown on drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.2 WATER PIPING AND FITTINGS

A. Polyethylene Pipe: AWWA C901, or ASTM D3035 for 315, 400, 560, 710, 900,
1000, or 1100 kPa pressure rating:
1. Fittings: AWWA C901, molded or fabricated.
2. Joints: Compression or Butt fusion.

2.3 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS/WARNING DETECTABLE TAPE

A. Trace Wire for Pipe: Magnetic detectable conductor, clear or brightly colored plastic
covering, continuously imprinted with "Water Service" in large letters and as per
relevant authorities standards. Sample to be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

2.4 PIPE BEDDING AND COVER MATERIAL

A. Pipe Bedding and Cover: Sand as specified in Section 02060.

2.5 CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT, CRADLES AND THRUST BLOCKS

A. Concrete: Conforming to Section 03300; plain or reinforced concrete; strength in


MPa at 28 day as directed by the Engineer; air entrained; rough troweled finish.

B. Concrete Reinforcement: Conform to Section 03200.

2.6 BACKFILL MATERIALS

A. Soil Backfill above Pipe Cover to Finish Grade: Soil as specified in Section 02055.

2.7 MAIN SERVICE STOP ASSEMBLY

A. Service Saddles: When service main pipe wall thickness does not permit sufficient
thread depth for tapping and when service main pipe is plastic.
1. Double strap type designed to hold pressures in excess pipe working pressure.

B. Tee Connections: When service main pipe is not plastic; material to match main pipe.

C. Adaptors: To connect plastic to non-plastic pipes.

2.8 SURFACE BOX

A. Ductile Iron Surface Boxes: 150 mm diameter; installed with extension spindle;
including operating accessories; PVC support and PVC or iron protection tube.

02515 - Water Service Connections Page 3 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Service Connections

B. Plastic Boxes: Of approved type, size 600 mm by 400 mm with supports, and
operating and fixing accessories.

C. Cover inscribed with "Water Service" and in accordance with relevant authorities
standards.

2.9 IRRIGATION OUTLET

A. Irrigation Outlet Connection Valve: Of approved type.

2.10 CONCRETE CHAMBER FOR IRRIGATION OUTLETS

A. Concrete: Conforming to Section 03300; concrete strength in MPa at 28 day as


directed by the Engineer; air entrained; rough troweled finish.

B. Concrete Reinforcement: Conform to Section 03200.

C. Cover: Medium duty galvanized steel cover and frame; inscribed with "Water
Service" and in accordance with relevant authorities standards.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify service connection and utility water main size, location and invert are as
indicated on Drawings.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Cut pipe ends square, ream pipe and tube ends to full pipe diameter, and remove all
burrs.

B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.

C. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.3 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02324. Hand trim excavation for
accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated on Drawings.

B. Excavate to lines and grades shown on Drawings or required to accommodate


installation of thrust blocks.

C. Excavate for service connection in accordance with Section 02315.

D. Dewater excavations to maintain dry conditions and preserve final grades at bottom
of excavation.

02515 - Water Service Connections Page 4 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Service Connections

E. Provide sheeting and shoring in accordance with Section 02324.

3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE BEDDING

A. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in a continuous layer of 150
mm compacted depth unless otherwise shown on drawings; compact to 98 percent as
specified in Section 02324.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

3.5 INSTALLATION - PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Maintain separation of water main from other existing utility services.

B. Install pipe to indicated elevation.

C. Route pipe in straight line.

D. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints.

E. Install access fittings where shown on drawings.

F. Install warning tape continuous over top of pipe, above pipe line.

G. Install Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.6 INSTALLATION - PIPE COVER

A. Install pipe cover materials at sides of pipe, and over top of pipe to 250 mm
compacted depth unless otherwise shown on drawings, as specified in Section 02324.
Compact to 98 percent dry density by weight.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

C. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting.

3.7 INSTALLATION - THRUST RESTRAINT/THRUST BLOCKS

A. Provide and install where directed and/or indicated on Drawings concrete thrust
blocks in accordance with section 03300.

B. Pour concrete thrust blocks against undisturbed earth. Locate thrust blocks at each
elbow or change of pipe direction to resist resultant force and so pipe and fitting
joints will be accessible for repair.

C. Install thrust blocks, tie rods, and joint restraint at dead ends of service water.

3.8 BACKFILLING

A. Backfill above pipe cover to finished grade in accordance with Section 02320.

02515 - Water Service Connections Page 5 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Water Service Connections

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

3.9 INSTALLATION - MAIN SERVICE STOP ASSEMBLY

A. Make connection for each different kind of water main using suitable materials,
equipment and methods approved by the Engineer.

B. Provide service clamps for mains other than of cast iron or ductile iron mains.

C. Locate where directed by the Engineer.

D. Screw main service stops as directed by the manufacturer.

E. Exercise care against crushing or causing other damage to water mains at time of
tapping or installing service tee, saddle, clamp or stop.

F. Use proper seals or other devices so no leaks are left in water mains at points of
tapping; do not backfill and cover service connection until approved by the Engineer.

3.10 INSTALLATION - SURFACE BOXES

A. Install surface boxes valves as shown on drawings, as per approved manufacturers


recommendations and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.11 INSTALLATION - IRRIGATION OUTLET

A. Install as shown on approved shop drawings, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.12 INSTALLATION - CONCRETE CHAMBER

A. Install concrete chamber as specified in Section 02082.

3.13 SERVICE CONNECTIONS

A. Install water service connections in accordance with local authorities standards and
recommendations.

3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Perform pressure test on potable water distribution system in accordance with


AWWA C600, as specified in section 02952 and in accordance with local relevant
authorities standards.

C. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work,
replace and retest.

END OF SECTION

02515 - Water Service Connections Page 6 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pressure Sewer System

SECTION 02536

PRESSURE SEWER SYSTEM (IF REQUIRED)

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Pressure sewer system.
2. Underground pipe markers / warning detectable tape.
3. Bedding and cover materials.
4. Concrete protection, encasement, and thrust blocks.
5. Chambers.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 02320 - Backfill.
6. Section 02324 - Trenching.
7. Section 02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems.
8. Section 02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing.
9. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
10. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
2. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
3. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.
4. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series).
5. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.
6. ASTM D2467 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80.
7. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
8. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

02536 - Pressure Sewer System Page 1 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pressure Sewer System

C. American Water Works Association:


1. AWWA C104 - American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for
Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.
2. AWWA C110 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron
Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other
Liquids.
3. AWWA C111 - American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for
Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
4. AWWA C151 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe,
Centrifugally Cast, for Water.

D. Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association:


1. DIPRA Section 1X, Thrust Restraint.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Permits: Obtain and submit to the Engineer all necessary permits from authorities
having jurisdiction.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for pipes and fittings. Indicate piece numbers
and locations and restrained joint locations.

D. Product Data: Submit data indicating pipe material used, pipe accessories, and
restrained joint details and materials.

E. Design Data: Submit restrained joint design data and calculations for pipe
establishing lengths of restrained joint piping required.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install


Products specified.

G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record location of pipe runs, connections, and invert
elevations.

C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of


uncharted utilities.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Design Ductile Iron restrained joints in accordance with DIPRA Section 1X.

B. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to Engineers satisfaction.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

02536 - Pressure Sewer System Page 2 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pressure Sewer System

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for transporting, handling, storing and


protecting products.

B. Do not place materials on private property without written permission of property


owner.

C. During loading, transporting and unloading, exercise care to prevent damage to


materials.

D. Do not drop pipe or fittings.

E. Avoid shock or damage to pipe.

F. Take measures to prevent damage to exterior surface or internal lining of pipe.

G. Do not stack pipe higher than recommended by pipe manufacturer.

H. Store gaskets for mechanical and push-on joints in cool, dry location out of direct
sunlight and not in contact with petroleum products.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements and elevations are as indicated.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination and project


conditions.

B. Coordinate the Work with connection to gravity sewer system and trenching, and
with all relevant authorities.

02536 - Pressure Sewer System Page 3 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pressure Sewer System

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as


specified, as shown on the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.2 DUCTILE IRON PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS

A. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151; standard cement mortar lining in accordance with
AWWA C104, outside coated.
1. Pipes - 75 mm to 300 mm: Pressure Class - 2413 kPa.
2. Pipes - 355 mm to 508 mm: Pressure Class - 1724, 2068, or 2413 kPa.
3. Pipes - 609 mm to 1219 mm: Pressure Class - 1378, 1724, 2068, or 2413 kPa.

B. Ductile Iron Fittings:


1. AWWA C110; Pressure rating: 1034, 1724, or 2413 kPa.
2. Fitting to be cement mortar lined and outside coated as for ductile iron pipe.

C. Joints: AWWA C111, where not specifically indicated on Drawings.


1. Type: Mechanical joint or push-on joint.

D. Rubber Gaskets, Lubricants, Glands, Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111.

2.3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE

A. PVC Pressure Sewer Pipe and Fittings - 12" Nominal Pipe Size and Smaller:
1. ASTM D2241, PVC 1120 (12454-B) or PVC 1220 (12454-C) or PVC 2120
(14333-D).
2. ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, with fittings conforming to ASTM D2466.
3. ASTM D1785, Schedule 80, with fittings conforming to ASTM D2467.

2.4 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS/WARNING DETECTABLE TAPE

A. Trace Wire for Pipe: Magnetic detectable conductor, clear or brightly colored plastic
covering, continuously imprinted with "Pressure Sewer Service" or "Sewer Main" in
large letters and in accordance with relevant authorities standards. Sample to be
submitted to the Engineer for approval.

2.5 PIPE BEDDING AND COVER MATERIAL

A. Pipe Bedding and Cover: Sand as specified in Section 02060.

2.6 CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT, AND THRUST BLOCKS

A. Concrete: Conforming to Section 03300, reinforced concrete, strength in MPa at 28


day as directed by the Engineer, air entrained, rough troweled finish.

B. Concrete Reinforcement: Conform to Section 03200.

02536 - Pressure Sewer System Page 4 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pressure Sewer System

2.7 CHAMBERS, MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES

A. Chambers, Manholes and Structures: Conform to Section 02082.

B. Structure Cover: Inscribed with "Pressure Sewer Service" or "Sewer Main" and in
accordance with relevant authorities standards.

2.8 BACKFILL MATERIALS

A. Soil Backfill above Pipe Cover to Finish Grade: Soil as specified in Section 02055.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify trench cut and excavation base is ready to receive work and excavations,
dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Correct over excavation with lean concrete.

B. Remove large stones or other hard matter capable of damaging pipe or impeding
consistent backfilling or compaction.

3.3 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02324.

B. Excavate to lines and grades shown on Drawings or required to accommodate


installation of encasement.

C. Dewater excavations to maintain dry conditions and preserve final grades at bottom
of excavation.

D. Provide sheeting and shoring in accordance with Section 02324.

3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE BEDDING

A. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in continuous layer 200 mm
compacted depth unless otherwise shown on drawings; compact to 98 percent as
specified in Section 02324.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

02536 - Pressure Sewer System Page 5 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pressure Sewer System

3.5 INSTALLATION - PIPE

A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with Drawings.

B. Route piping in straight line.

C. Connect to gravity sewer system, unless otherwise shown on drawings.

D. Install detectable underground utility marking tape, continuous, above pipe center
line, over pipe cover as shown on drawings; coordinate with Section 02320.

E. Install Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.6 INSTALLATION - PIPE COVER

A. Install pipe cover materials at sides and over top of pipe as specified in Section
02324. Compact to 98 percent dry density by weight.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

C. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting.

3.7 INSTALLATION - CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT & THRUST BLOCKS

A. Provide and install where directed and/or indicated on Drawings concrete protection,
encasement and thrust blocks in accordance with section 03300.

B. Where concrete protection is to be placed in trenches over pipe cover, lay over pipe
crown during pipe cover installation, horizontal expandable polystyrene boards.

C. Pour concrete thrust blocks against undisturbed earth. Locate thrust blocks at each
elbow or change of pipe direction to resist resultant force and so pipe and fitting
joints will be accessible for repair.

D. Install tie rods, clamps, set screw retainer glands, or restrained joints. Protect metal
components against corrosion by applying a bituminous coating, or by concrete
mortar encasement of metal area. Do not encase pipe and fitting joints to flanges.

E. Install thrust blocks at dead ends, if any, of pressure sewer lines.

3.8 INSTALLATION - CHAMBERS, MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES

A. Install chambers, manholes and structures in accordance with Section 02082.

3.9 BACKFILLING

A. Backfill above pipe cover to finished grade in accordance with Section 02320.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

02536 - Pressure Sewer System Page 6 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pressure Sewer System

3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Hydrostatic and Deflection Tests: Test in accordance with Section 02952.

C. Request inspection prior to and immediately after placing bedding.

D. Compaction Testing: In accordance with Section 02324.

E. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove work,
replace and retest.

3.11 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect pipe and pipe cover materials from damage or displacement prior, during and
until backfilling operation is complete. Repair pipe that is damaged or displaced.

3.12 SCHEDULE

A. As indicated on drawings and where directed by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

02536 - Pressure Sewer System Page 7 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

SECTION 02539

SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Sanitary sewer pipe and fittings.
2. Underground pipe markers / warning detectable tape.
3. Bedding and cover materials.
4. Concrete protection, encasement, and thrust blocks.
5. Connection to existing manholes.
6. Manholes.
7. Wye branches and tees.
8. Sanitary laterals.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 02320 - Backfill.
6. Section 02324 - Trenching.
7. Section 02536 - Pressure Sewer System.
8. Section 02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing.
9. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
10. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings.
2. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A746 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe.
4. ASTM C14M - Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and
Culvert Pipe (Metric).
5. ASTM C76M - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert,
Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe (Metric).
6. ASTM C443M - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete
Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets (Metric).
7. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 1 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

8. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction


Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
9. ASTM C923M - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between
Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals (Metric).
10. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
11. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.
12. ASTM D2235 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-
Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings.
13. ASTM D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications.
14. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.
15. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly Vinyl
Chloride (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems.
16. ASTM D2729 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer
Pipe and Fittings.
17. ASTM D2751 - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
(ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings.
18. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with
Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.
19. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
20. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
21. ASTM D3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride
(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings.
22. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for
Joining Plastic Pipe.

C. American Water Works Association:


1. AWWA C104 - American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for
Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.
2. AWWA C105 - American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement
for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.
3. AWWA C110 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron
Fittings, 3 in. through 48 in. (75 mm through 1200 mm), for Water and Other
Liquids.
4. AWWA C111 - American National Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for
Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.
5. AWWA C150 - ANSI Standard for the Thickness Design of Ductile Iron
Pipe.
6. AWWA C151 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe,
Centrifugally Cast, for Water.
7. AWWA C153 - American National Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact
Fittings for Water Service.

D. National Fire Protection Association:


1. NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their
Appurtenances.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 2 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Permits: Obtain and submit to the Engineer all necessary permits from authorities
having jurisdiction.

C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of sewer system and appurtenances. Show size,
materials, components of system and burial depth.

D. Product Data: Submit catalogs and other pertinent data indicating proposed materials,
accessories, details and construction information.

E. Submit reports indicating field tests made and results obtained.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions:


1. Indicate special procedures required to install Products specified.
2. Submit detailed description of procedures for connecting new sewer to
existing sewer line.

G. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record location of pipe runs, connections, manholes and
invert elevations.

C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of


uncharted utilities.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 3 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for transporting, handling, storing and


protecting products.

B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place.

C. Block individual and stockpiled pipe lengths to prevent moving.

D. Avoid shock or damage to pipe and take measures to prevent damage to exterior
surface or internal lining of pipe.

1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements and elevations are as indicated.

1.10 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate the Work with all relevant authorities.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as


specified, as shown on the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.2 SANITARY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Up to 300 mm Diameter: ASTM D1785,
Schedule 40, 80, or 120; inside nominal diameter as shown on drawings, bell and
spigot style solvent sealed joint ends.
1. Fittings: ASTM D2466, PVC.
2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.

B. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Pipe (If Required): BS 5480: Parts 1 and 2;
minimum specific tangential initial stiffness for gravity and pressure pipes shall be
5000 Pa; rating for pressure pipes shall be as indicated on the drawings but not less
than 10 bar; inside nominal diameter as shown on drawings; use of pipes with integral
sockets will not be permitted.
1. Fittings: GRP.
2. Joints: Separate collar type.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 4 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

2.3 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS

A. Flexible Coupling: Resilient chemical-resistant elastomeric polyvinyl chloride (PVC)


coupling, two stainless steel clamps and stainless steel screws and housings.

2.4 FLEXIBLE PIPE BOOT FOR MANHOLE PIPE ENTRANCES

A. Flexible Pipe Boot: ASTM C923M, ethylene propylene rubber (EPDM), stainless
steel clamp and stainless steel hardware.

2.5 PIPE SUPPORTS

A. Metal for pipe support brackets: ASTM A123/A123M, galvanized structural steel
thoroughly coated with bituminous paint.

2.6 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS/WARNING DETECTABLE TAPE

A. Trace Wire for Pipe: Magnetic detectable conductor, clear or brightly colored plastic
covering, continuously imprinted with "Sewer Service" in large letters and in
accordance with relevant authorities standards. Sample to be submitted to the
Engineer for approval.

2.7 PIPE BEDDING AND COVER MATERIAL

A. Pipe Bedding and Cover: Sand as specified in Section 02060.

2.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT AND THRUST BLOCKS

A. Concrete: Conforming to Section 03300, reinforced concrete, strength in MPa at 28


day as directed by the Engineer, air entrained, rough troweled finish.

B. Concrete Reinforcement: Conform to Section 03200.

2.9 MANHOLES

A. Manholes: Conform to Section 02082.

B. Manhole Cover: Inscribed with "Sewer Service" and in accordance with relevant
authorities standards.

2.10 BACKFILL MATERIALS

A. Soil Backfill above Pipe Cover to Finish Grade: Soil as specified in Section 02055.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 5 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

B. Verify trench cut and excavation base is ready to receive work and excavations,
dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on drawings.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Correct over excavation with lean concrete.

B. Remove large stones or other hard matter capable of damaging pipe or impeding
consistent backfilling or compaction.

C. Protect and support existing sewer lines, utilities and appurtenances.

D. Maintain profiles of utilities. Coordinate with other utilities to eliminate interference.


Notify the Engineer where crossing conflicts occur.

3.3 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02324.

B. Excavate to lines and grades shown on Drawings or required to accommodate


installation of encasement.

C. Dewater excavations to maintain dry conditions and preserve final grades at bottom
of excavation.

D. Provide sheeting and shoring in accordance with Section 02324.

3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE BEDDING

A. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in continuous layer 200 mm
compacted depth unless otherwise shown on drawings; compact to 98 percent as
specified in Section 02324.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

3.5 LINES AND GRADES

A. Lay pipes to lines and grades indicated on Drawings. The Engineer reserves the right
to make necessary changes in utility lines, grades and depths for Project conditions.

B. Maintain grade alignment of pipe using string line parallel with grade line and
vertically above centerline of pipe.

3.6 INSTALLATION - PIPE

A. Install pipe, fittings and accessories in accordance with ASTM D2321. Seal joints
watertight.

B. Place pipe on bedding material.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 6 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings; with maximum variation from
indicated slope of 3 mm in 3 m. Begin at downstream end and progress upstream.
Connect pipe to sewer manholes or structures.

D. Assemble and handle pipe in accordance with manufacturers instructions except as


modified on the Drawings or by the Engineer.

E. Keep pipe and fittings clean until work is completed and accepted by the Engineer.
Cap open ends during periods of work stoppage.

F. Lay bell and spigot pipe with bells upstream.

G. Polyethylene Pipe Encasement in Corrosive Soil Conditions: AWWA C105, Method


A or B.

H. Install detectable underground utility marking tape, continuous, above pipe center
line, over pipe cover as shown on drawings; coordinate with Section 02320.

I. Install Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.7 INSTALLATION - CONNECTION TO EXISTING MANHOLE

A. Core drill existing manhole to clean opening. Using pneumatic hammers, chipping
guns, sledge hammers.

B. Install watertight neoprene gasket and seal with approved non-shrink concrete grout.

C. Concrete encase new sewer pipe minimum of 600 mm to nearest pipe joint. Use
epoxy binder between new and existing concrete.

D. Prevent construction debris from entering existing sewers when making connection.

3.8 INSTALLATION - PIPE COVER

A. Install pipe cover materials at sides and over top of pipe as specified in Section
02324. Compact to 98 percent dry density by weight.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

C. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting.

3.9 INSTALLATION - CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT & THRUST BLOCKS

A. Provide and install where directed and/or indicated on Drawings concrete protection,
encasement, and thrust blocks in accordance with section 03300.

B. Where concrete protection is to be placed in trenches over pipe cover, lay over pipe
crown during pipe cover installation, horizontal expandable polystyrene boards.

C. Install thrust blocks at dead ends, if any, of gravity sewer lines.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 7 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

3.10 INSTALLATION - MANHOLES

A. Install manholes in accordance with Section 02082.

3.11 INSTALLATION - WYE BRANCHES AND TEES

A. Install wye branches or pipe tees at locations indicated on Drawings concurrent with
pipe laying operations. Use standard fittings of same material and joint type as sewer
main.

B. Maintain minimum 1.5 m separation distance between wye connection and manhole.

C. Use saddle wye or tee with stainless steel clamps for taps into existing piping. Mount
saddles with solvent cement or gasket and secure with metal bands. Layout holes with
template and cut holes with mechanical cutter.

3.12 INSTALLATION - SANITARY LATERALS

A. Construct laterals directly from manhole or from wye branch to terminal point.

B. Where depth of main pipeline warrants, construct riser type laterals from wye branch.
Maintain 600 mm minimum depth of cover over pipe.

C. Maintain minimum 1.5 meter separation distance between laterals.

D. Install watertight plug, braced to withstand pipeline test pressure thrust, at termination
of lateral. Install temporary marker stake extending from end of lateral to 300 mm
above finished grade. Paint top 150 mm of stake with fluorescent orange paint.

3.13 BACKFILLING

A. Backfill above pipe cover to finished grade in accordance with Section 02320.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Pressure, Infiltration and Deflection Tests: Test in accordance with Section 02952.

C. Request inspection prior to and immediately after placing pipe cover.

D. Compaction Testing: In accordance with Section 02324.

E. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove work,
replace and retest.

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 8 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sanitary Sewer Systems

3.15 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect pipe and pipe cover materials from damage or displacement prior, during and
until backfilling operation is complete. Repair pipe that is damaged or displaced.

3.16 SCHEDULE

A. As indicated on drawings and where directed by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems Page 9 of 9 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Stormwater Drainage Systems

SECTION 02631

STORMWATER DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Stormwater drainage piping including underground pipe markers / warning
detectable tape, bedding and cover materials, and concrete protection,
encasement, cradles and thrust blocks.
2. Drainage structures.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 02320 - Backfill.
6. Section 02324 - Trenching.
7. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement.
8. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.
2. AASHTO M36/M36M - Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for Sewers
and Drains.
3. AASHTO M86M - Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain and Culvert Pipe (Metric).
4. AASHTO M170M - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer
Pipe (Metric).
5. AASHTO M196/M196M - Corrugated Aluminum Pipe for Sewers & Drains.
6. AASHTO M198 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using
Flexible Watertight Gaskets.
7. AASHTO M206M - Reinforced Concrete Arch Culvert Storm Drain, and
Sewer Pipe (Metric).
8. AASHTO M207M - Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Culvert, Storm Drain and
Sewer Pipe (Metric).
9. AASHTO M252 - Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing.
10. AASHTO M264 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Poly Vinyl
Chloride (PVC) Composite Sewer Piping.
11. AASHTO M278 - Class PS 50 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe.
12. AASHTO M288 - Geotextiles.
13. AASHTO M294 - Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12- to 36-in Diameter.

02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems Page 1 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Stormwater Drainage Systems

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
2. ASTM A746 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe.
3. ASTM C14M - Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and
Culvert Pipe (Metric).
4. ASTM C76M - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert,
Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe (Metric).
5. ASTM C443M - Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete
Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets (Metric).
6. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings.
7. ASTM C969 - Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance
Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines.
8. ASTM C969M - Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration
Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines (Metric).
9. ASTM C924 - Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by
Low-Pressure Air Test Method.
10. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
11. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
12. ASTM D2235 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-
Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings.
13. ASTM D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications.
14. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly Vinyl
Chloride (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems.
15. ASTM D2729 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer
Pipe and Fittings.
16. ASTM D2751 - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene
(ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings.
17. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with
Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.
18. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
19. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
20. ASTM D3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly Vinyl Chloride
(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings.
21. ASTM D3350 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and
Fittings Materials.
22. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for
Joining Plastic Pipe.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit detailed shop drawings showing layout of each system, and
connection details between different systems, if any.

02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems Page 2 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Stormwater Drainage Systems

C. Product Data: Submit data indicating pipe and pipe accessories.

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures required to install


Products specified.

E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents:


1. Accurately record actual locations of channels and pipes including runs,
connections, manholes, inlets, outlets, and invert elevations.
2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery
of uncharted utilities.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with local relevant authorities standards, as shown on


drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for transporting, handling, storing and


protecting products.

B. Block individual and stockpiled pipe lengths to prevent moving.

C. Do not place materials on private property or in areas obstructing pedestrian or


vehicle traffic.

D. Do not place pipe flat on ground. Cradle to prevent point stress.

E. Store UV sensitive materials out of direct sunlight.

02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems Page 3 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Stormwater Drainage Systems

1.9 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate unrecorded or variations in site conditions, and corresponding adjustments


to construction requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials as specified, as shown on the drawings, to the satisfaction of the


Engineer, and in accordance with local relevant authorities standards.

2.2 STORMWATER DRAINAGE PIPING

A. PVC Pipe Up to 300 mm Diameter: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, 80, or 120; inside
nominal diameter as per drawings; bell and spigot style solvent sealed joint ends.
1. Fittings: ASTM D2466, PVC.
2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.

B. PVC Pipe Exceeding 300 mm Diameter:


1. ASTM D2729, AASHTO M264; inside nominal diameter as shown on
drawings, bell and spigot solvent sealed ends.
a. Fittings: PVC.
b. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld & ASTM D2564 solvent cement.
2. ASTM D3034 Type PSM, AASHTO M278 Type PS 50; inside nominal
diameter as shown on drawings, bell and spigot style rubber ring sealed
gasket joint.
a. Fittings: PVC.
b. Joints: ASTM F477, elastomeric gaskets.

C. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Pipe: BS 5480: Parts 1 & 2; minimum specific
tangential initial stiffness for gravity and pressure pipes shall be 5000 Pa; rating for
pressure pipes shall be as shown on drawings but not less than 10 bar; inside nominal
diameter as per drawings; use of pipes with integral sockets will not be permitted.
1. Fittings: GRP.
2. Joints: Separate collar type.

2.3 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS/WARNING DETECTABLE TAPE

A. Trace Wire for Pipe: Magnetic detectable conductor, clear or brightly colored plastic
covering, continuously imprinted with "Stormwater Drainage" in large letters and in
accordance with relevant authorities standards. Sample to be submitted to the
Engineer for approval.

02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems Page 4 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Stormwater Drainage Systems

2.4 PIPE BEDDING AND COVER MATERIAL

A. Pipe Bedding and Cover: Sand as specified in Section 02060.

2.5 CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT, CRADLES AND THRUST BLOCKS

A. Concrete: Conforming to Section 03300, reinforced concrete, strength in MPa at 28


day as directed by the Engineer, air entrained, rough troweled finish.

B. Concrete Reinforcement: Conform to Section 03200.

2.6 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES

A. Drainage Structures: Precast concrete or Cast-In-Place concrete, as specified in


Section 02082.

B. Drainage Structure Cover: Inscribed with "Stormwater Drainage" and in accordance


with relevant authorities standards.

2.7 BACKFILL MATERIALS

A. Soil Backfill above Pipe Cover to Finish Grade: Soil as specified in Section 02055.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify trench cut and excavation base is ready to receive work and excavations,
dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on drawings.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation with lean
concrete.

B. Remove large stones and other hard or organic matter capable of damaging piping or
impeding consistent backfilling or compacting.

3.3 EXCAVATION

A. Excavate trenches for earth channels, pipes, box culverts and concrete channels in
accordance with Section 02324.

B. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of earth channels, pipe, box culvert and
concrete channels to elevations indicated.

C. Remove water entering the site to maintain dry conditions and to preserve final
grades at bottom of excavation.

02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems Page 5 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Stormwater Drainage Systems

D. Provide sheeting and shoring, if required, in accordance with Section 02324.

3.4 INSTALLATION - PIPE BEDDING

A. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level materials in continuous layer not
exceeding 200 mm compacted depth, unless otherwise shown on drawings; compact
to 98 percent as specified in Section 02324.

B. Cradle bottom 20 percent of diameter to avoid point load.

3.5 LINES AND GRADES

A. Lay pipes to lines and grades indicated on Drawings. The Engineer reserves the right
to make necessary changes in utility lines, grades and depths for Project conditions.

B. Maintain grade alignment of pipe using string line parallel with grade line and
vertically above centerline of pipe.

3.6 INSTALLATION - PIPE

A. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with ASTM D2321. Seal joints
watertight.

B. Place pipe on bedding material.

C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings with maximum variation from
indicated slope of 3 mm in 3 m. Connect pipe to drainage structures.

D. Install detectable underground utility marking tape, continuous, above pipe center
line, over pipe cover as shown on drawings; coordinate with Section 02320.
1. Minimum Width of Marking Tape: Pipe diameter.
2. Maximum Width of Marking Tape: Trench width.

E. Install Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3.7 INSTALLATION - PIPE COVER

A. Install pipe cover materials at sides and over top of pipe and compact to 98 percent
dry density by weight as specified in Section 02324.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction


density.

C. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting.

3.8 INSTALLATION - CONCRETE PROTECTION, ENCASEMENT, CRADLES AND


THRUST BLOCKS

A. Provide and install where directed and/or indicated on drawings concrete protection,
encasement, cradles and thrust blocks in accordance with section 03300.

02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems Page 6 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Stormwater Drainage Systems

B. Where concrete protection is to be placed in trenches over pipe cover, lay over pipe
crown during pipe cover installation, horizontal expandable polystyrene boards.

3.9 INSTALLATION - DRAINAGE STRUCTURES

A. Install manholes and drainage structures in accordance with Section 02082.

3.10 BACKFILLING

A. Backfill above pipe cover, around and above box culvert, and at sides of concrete
channel to finished grade in accordance with Section 02320.

B. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding to attain required compaction density.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Request inspection prior to and immediately after placing pipe cover.

C. Compaction Testing: In accordance with Section 02324.

D. When tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace
and retest.

E. Pipe Infiltration Test: Test in accordance with ASTM 969M.

F. Pipe Deflection Test: Test in accordance with approved standard.

G. Pipe Pressure Test: Test in accordance with ASTM C924 and ASTM 1103M,
depending on size of pipe.

3.12 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect each stormwater drainage system from damage and/or displacement prior,
during and until backfilling operation is complete. Repair channel and pipe that are
damaged and/or displaced.

END OF SECTION

02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems Page 7 of 7 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners

SECTION 02662

SEWER MANHOLE AND STRUCTURE LINERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes fiber reinforced epoxy liners with plastic facing.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
2. Section 02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems.
3. Section 02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing.
4. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D413 - Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property - Adhesion to
Flexible Substrate.
2. ASTM D471 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property - Effect of Liquids.
3. ASTM D751 - Standard Test Methods for Coated Fabrics.
4. ASTM D792 - Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity
(Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement.
5. ASTM D882 - Standard Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic
Sheeting.
6. ASTM D1004 - Standard Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic
Film and Sheeting.
7. ASTM D1203 - Standard Test Methods for Volatile Loss from Plastics Using
Activated Carbon Methods.
8. ASTM D1204 - Standard Test Method for Linear Dimensional Changes of
Nonrigid Thermoplastic Sheeting or Film at Elevated Temperature.
9. ASTM D1593 - Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Plastic
Film and Sheeting.
10. ASTM D1693 - Standard Test Method for Environmental Stress-Cracking of
Ethylene Plastics.
11. ASTM D1790 - Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastic
Sheeting by Impact.
12. ASTM D2136 - Standard Test Methods for Rubber Property - Brittleness
Point of Flexible Polymers and Coated Fabrics.
13. ASTM D3083 - Standard Specification for Flexible Poly Vinyl Chloride
Plastic Sheeting for Pond, Canal, and Reservoir Lining.
14. ASTM D5884 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Tearing Strength
of Internally Reinforced Geomembrane.
15. ASTM G26 - Standard Practice for Operating Light-Exposure Apparatus
(Xenon-Arc Type) With and Without Water for Exposure of Nonmetallic
Materials.

02662 - Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners Page 1 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawing: Show joining details and special details.

C. Product Data: Submit data on liner.

D. Samples: Submit two samples of liner material, 500 x 1000 mm in size illustrating
finish, color and texture.

E. Manufacturers Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures for liner


installation.

F. Manufacturers Certificates: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual pipe penetration locations.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for transporting, handling, storing and


protecting products.

B. Transport and handle liner with equipment designed to protect liner from damage.

C. Store products in dry areas and protect form contact with soil and from exposure to
elements.

02662 - Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners Page 2 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners

D. Keep products dry.

E. Store adhesive between 15 degrees C and 26 degrees C.

F. Do not use materials damaged during storage or handling. Do not use adhesive
exposed to temperatures of 4 degrees C for more than 24 hours.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for environmental conditions affecting


products on site.

B. Conduct operations not to interfere with, interrupt, damage, destroy, or endanger


integrity of surface or subsurface structures or utilities, and landscape in immediate or
adjacent areas.

1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for warranties.

B. Furnish five year manufacturers warranty for repair or replacement of liners that leak
or fail in materials and workmanship or that deteriorate under conditions of normal
weather. Warranty shall also include deterioration or failure of liner due to exposure
to harmful chemicals, gases or vapors, abnormal and severe weather phenomena.
Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of liner due to fire, earthquakes,
floods, vandalism, or abuse by persons, animals, or equipment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials as specified, as shown on the drawings, as per manufacturers


recommendations, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and in accordance with local
relevant authorities recommendations and standards.

2.2 FIBER REINFORCED EPOXY LINER WITH PLASTIC FACING

A. One layer of an approved coal tar pitch epoxy coating, 200 microns thick, as per
manufacturers instructions.

B. One layer of approved fiberglass reinforcements as per manufacturers instructions,


thickness ranging from 3 to 4 mm.

02662 - Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners Page 3 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners

C. Another two layers of the approved coal tar pitch epoxy coating, 200 microns thick
each, as per manufacturers instructions.

D. One approved plastic panel facing as per manufacturers instructions, thickness


ranging from 2 to 3 mm.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Adhesives and Solvents: Types recommended by liner manufacturer for bonding to


structures, for sealing seams in geomembrane, and for sealing projections through
liner.

B. Penetration Assemblies: Manufacturers standard factory-fabricated assemblies for


sealing penetrations for utilities and structures.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate liner panels from sheets in sizes as large as possible with factory-sealed
seams, consistent with limitations of weight and installation procedures. Minimize
field seaming.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify substrate is clean and dry, and without any holes, lips, angular ridges, and
unstable sandy areas which may affect the performance of liner.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Prepare surfaces to receive liner in accordance with the recommendations of the


manufacturer. Substrate shall be even, free from dust, dirt, moisture and any matter
which may puncture the liner, and to manufacturers instructions.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Prepare the surfaces including sandblasting and air cleaning.

B. Apply one layer of an approved coal tar pitch epoxy coating, 200 microns thick, as
per manufacturers recommendations.

C. Place one layer of approved fiberglass reinforcements before the applied epoxy
coating is completely dry, as per manufacturers recommendations.

D. Apply another two layers of the approved coal tar pitch epoxy coating, 200 microns
thick each.

E. Place plastic panel facing with approved adhesive materials.

02662 - Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners Page 4 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Inspect seams and repaired areas to ensure tight, continuously bonded installation.
Repair damaged liner and seams and re-inspect repaired work.

3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for protecting finished Work.

B. Protect installed liner according to liner manufacturers instructions. Repair or replace


areas of liner damaged by scuffing, punctures, traffic, rough subgrade, or other
unacceptable conditions.

END OF SECTION

02662 - Sewer Manhole and Structure Liners Page 5 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses

SECTION 02721

AGGREGATE SUB-BASE AND BASE COURSES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Aggregates for sub-base course.
2. Aggregates for base course.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02320 - Backfill.
2. Section 02339 - Sub-Grade Preparation.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials:


1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of
Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop.
2. AASHTO T193 - The California Bearing Ratio.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (5,600 kN.m/m).
2. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the
Sand-Cone Method.
3. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (2,700 kN.m/m).
4. ASTM D2167 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Rubber Balloon Method.
5. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-
Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
6. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in
Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittal.

B. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, 4.5 kg sample of each type of aggregate to


testing laboratory.

C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials suppliers.

D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Furnish each aggregate material from single source throughout the Work.

02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses Page 1 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses

B. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to Engineers satisfaction.

C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Aggregates for Sub-Base Course:


1. Granular material for use in sub-base courses shall be a naturally occurring
gravel, blended as necessary with fine or coarse material and screened to
produce the specified gradation. Crushing of natural granular material shall
not normally be required, unless for meeting the grading requirements,
producing a higher quality sub-base with improved mechanical stability or
when shown on the Drawings.
2. Gravel shall consist of hard, durable and sound rock fragments, free from
dirt, organic matter, shale and other deleterious substances.
3. Granular materials for sub-base shall meet the requirement of class A or B as
shown in Table-1, when tested in accordance with AASHTO T-27 after dry
mixing and just before spreading and compacting. The class of granular
material to be used shall be as shown on the Drawings or as selected by the
Engineer. The actual gradation shall be continuous and smooth within the
specified limits for each Class.
4. Table-1: Grading of Granular Material by Class:
Sieve Designation Percent by Weight Passing
(Square Openings) Class A Class B
50 mm (2 in.) 100
25 mm (1 in.) 100 75 95
9.5 mm (3/8 in.) 30 65 40 75
4.75 mm (No. 4) 25 55 30 60
2.00 mm (No. 10) 15 40 20 45
0.425 mm (No. 40) 8 20 15 30
0.075 mm (No . 200) 28 5 20
5. The material shall contain a maximum 5% clay content at any stage of
construction when tested in the Hydrometer Test in accordance with
AASHTO T88.
6. The loss in weight of granular material shall not exceed 50% after 500
revolutions, when tested in accordance with AASHTO T96 (Los Angeles
Abrasion Test).
7. The granular material shall have a 4-day soaked CBR of not less than 30
when compacted at 100% of modified proctor AASHTO (T180-D) and tested
in accordance with AASHTO T193.
8. When tested for soundness in accordance with AASHTO T104, the material
shall not show signs of disintegration and the percentage loss in weight after
5 cycles shall not exceed 12 % in the case of the sodium sulphate test and
18% in the case of the magnesium sulphate test.
9. The portion of granular material, including any blended material, passing the
0.425 mm (No. 40) mesh sieve shall have a liquid limit (LL) of not more than
25 and a plasticity index (PI) not greater than 6 when tested in accordance
with AASHTO T 89 and T 90.

02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses Page 2 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses

10. If additional fine material is required to correct the gradation of the granular
material, or for adjusting the LL or PI of the fraction passing 0.425mm (
40) sieve, it shall be uniformly blended and mixed with the granular material.
Additional fine material for these purposes shall be obtained from crushing of
stone, gravel, or slag, if naturally occurring fine material is not available.

B. Aggregates for Base Course:


1. Aggregates for use in base course construction shall be either crushed stone
or crushed gravel. The fine aggregate shall consist of screenings obtained
from crushed stone, gravel or sand. Aggregate shall be washed if necessary to
remove excessive quantities of clay, silty clay or salts.
2. Crushed stone shall consist of hard, durable particles or fragments of stone,
free from dirt or other objectionable matter and shall contain not more than
8% of flat, elongated, soft or disintegrated pieces.
3. Crushed gravel shall consist of hard durable stones, rocks and boulders
crushed to specified sizes and shall be free from excess flat, elongated, soft or
disintegrated pieces, dirt or other objectionable matter.
4. The method used in the production of crushed gravel shall provide a uniform
material quality. The crushing of the gravel shall result in a product having at
least 90% by weight of particles with at least one fractured face. All stones,
rocks, and boulders of inferior quality occurring in the pit shall be discarded.
5. Any material passing the 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve and produced in the crushing
process may be incorporated in the base material up to the grading limits
required for the base course aggregate.
6. Crushed aggregate for base course shall meet the requirements of Class A or
Class B gradings as shown in Table-2 when tested in accordance with
AASHTO T 27 after mixing with water, just before spreading and prior to
compacting. The class of aggregate to be used shall be as shown on the
Drawings or as selected by the Engineer. The actual grading shall be
continuous and smooth within the specified limits for each Class. Gap graded
aggregate shall not be accepted. If gradings are tested after compaction a
tolerance of 3% shall be allowed in the upper limit for the percentage of
material passing the 200 sieve.
7. Table-2: Grading of Base Course Aggregate by Class:
Sieve Designation Percent by Weight Passing
(Square Openings) Class A Class B
50 mm (2 in.) 100
25 mm (1 in.) 75 95 100
9.5 mm (3/8 in.) 40 75 50 85
4.75 mm (No. 4) 30 60 35 65
2.00 mm (No. 10) 20 45 25 50
0.425 mm (No. 40) 15 30 15 30
0.075 mm (No . 200) 5 20 5 15
8. The amount of the fraction of material passing the No 200 mesh sieve shall
not exceed one half of the fraction passing the No. 40 mesh sieve.
9. The loss in weight shall not exceed 45% after 500 revolutions, when tested in
accordance with AASHTO T 96 (Los Angeles Abrasion Test) and the sand
equivalent shall be a minimum of 43% when tested to AASHTO T176.
10. The crushed aggregate base course material shall have a 4-day soaked CBR
of not less than 80 when compacted at 100% of modified proctor AASHTO
(T180-D) and tested in accordance with AASHTO T 193.

02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses Page 3 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses

11. When tested for soundness in accordance with AASHTO T 104, the material
shall not show signs of disintegration and the loss by weight shall not exceed
12% in the case of the sodium sulphate test and 18% for the magnesium
sulphate test.
12. The portion of aggregate, including any blended material, passing the 0.425
mm (No. 40) mesh sieve shall have a Liquid Limit (LL) of not more than 25
and Plasticity Index (PI) of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with
AASHTO T 89 and T 90.
13. If additional fine material is required to correct the aggregate grading or for
adjusting the LL or PI of the fraction passing the 0.425 mm (No. 40) sieve, it
shall be uniformly blended and mixed with the aggregate material at the
crushing plant or by a method approved by the Engineer. Reworking of the
material in situ to obtain the specified gradation shall not be permitted.
Additional fine material shall only be obtained from the crushing of stone,
gravel or natural material.

2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing, inspection and analysis.

B. Granular Sub-Base Course:


1. Sub-base course materials at source or at stockpile area shall be tested as
specified. Materials laid and compacted shall be tested as shown in Table-3
below and, if found satisfactory, shall be approved by the Engineer. This
approval shall not be deemed to constitute acceptance of sub-base course for
payment purposes.
2. Compaction shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T191 or AASHTO
T205. If there is a delay between the construction of any layer and the
following layer, if necessary and required by Engineer, the compaction of the
lower layer shall be retested to ensure that it has not loosened due to traffic,
passage of construction equipment, adverse weather conditions or otherwise.
3. Table-3: Required Tests and Minimum Repetition for Sub-Base Course:
Control on Site after Laying and Compaction
Required Tests Frequency
1. Proctor
2. Gradation of Materials
3. Plasticity Index Test for every 500 m for each
4. CBR layer and lane width, when material
5. Abrasion source or process changes and when
6. Sand equivalent otherwise instructed by the Engineer,
7. Clay lumps & friable particles
8. Field Density
9. Thickness Test for every 1000 m and for
every layer

C. Granular Base Course:


1. Base course material shall be tested in accordance with Table-4 after in-situ
compaction and if satisfactory shall be approved for use by the Engineer.
This approval shall not be deemed to constitute acceptance of the base course
for full payment purposes.

02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses Page 4 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses

2. Compaction shall be tested in accordance with AASHTO T191, AASHTO


T205. If there is a significant delay between the construction of any layer and
the following layer, the Engineer may require the compaction of the lower
layer to be retested to ensure that it has not loosened due to traffic, passage of
construction equipment, adverse weather conditions or otherwise.
3. Table-4: Required Tests and Minimum Repetition for Base Course:
Control on Site after Laying and Compaction
Required Tests Frequency
1. Proctor
2. Gradation of Materials
3. Plasticity Index
Test for every 500 m for each
4. CBR
layer and lane width and when
5. Abrasion
material source or properties changed
6. Sand equivalent
7. Clay lumps & friable particles
8. Field Density
9. Thickness Test for every 1000 m and for
every layer

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify substrate is dry and has been inspected and gradients and elevations are correct

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Correct irregularities in substrate gradient and elevation by scarifying, reshaping, and


re-compacting.

B. Do not place fill on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces.

3.3 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT

A. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate to a total compacted thickness shown on the
drawings or directed by the Engineer.

B. Level and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated.

C. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate to assist compaction.

D. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill to attain required compaction density.

E. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment.

02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses Page 5 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses

3.4 TOLERANCES

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for tolerances.

B. Maximum Variation from Flat Surface: 6 mm measured with 3 m straight edge.

C. Maximum Variation from Thickness: 4 mm.

D. Maximum Variation from Elevation: 6 mm.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services, and
execution requirements for testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Testing shall be performed as specified in this Specification Section.

C. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work,
replace and retest.

END OF SECTION

02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses Page 6 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

SECTION 02740

FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes asphaltic concrete binder and wearing courses, and surface sealer.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
2. Section 02233 - Breaking Out and Reinstatement.
3. Section 02320 - Backfill.
4. Section 02339 - Sub-Grade Preparation.
5. Section 02721 - Aggregate Sub-Base and Base Courses.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. Asphalt Institute:
1. AI MS-2 - Mix Design Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot- Mix
Types.
2. AI MS-19 - Basic Asphalt Emulsion Manual.

B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D946 - Standard Specification for Penetration-Graded Asphalt
Cement for Use in Pavement Construction.
2. ASTM D3381 - Standard Specification for Viscosity-Graded Asphalt Cement
for Use in Pavement Construction.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Submit product information and mix design.

C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work as per the standards and regulations of the relevant local authorities
having jurisdiction and/or Municipality, as specified, as shown on the drawings and to
Engineers satisfaction.

B. Mixing Plant: Conform to relevant authorities standards.

C. Obtain materials from approved same source throughout the Work.

D. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 1 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum ten
years documented experience.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for environmental conditions affecting


products on site.

B. Do not place asphalt when ambient air or base surface temperature is less than 5C, or
surface is wet.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS - GENERAL

A. All materials shall be in accordance with the standards and regulations of the relevant
local authorities having jurisdiction and/or Municipality.

2.2 BITUMINOUS PRIME AND TACK COATS

A. General: Furnish and apply MC cutback bitumen prime coat to a previously


constructed subgrade, aggregate base course, highway shoulders, or concrete
pavement; and furnish and apply RC cutback bitumen or emulsified bitumen as a tack
coat to a previously constructed bituminous base or wearing surface to provide a bond
for a superimposed bituminous course.

B. Medium-Curing Cutback Bitumen: MC cutback bitumen (for prime coats) shall be as


recommended by ASTM D2399-83. MC 70 shall be used unless otherwise specified.

C. Rapid-Curing Cutback Bitumen: RC cutback bitumen (for tack coats) shall be Grades
RC-70 or RC-250 as appropriate, as specified and as shown on the Drawings.

D. Slow-Curing Emulsified Bitumen: Slow-setting emulsified bitumen (for tack coats)


shall be slow-setting Grade SS-1, SS-1h, CSS-1, or CSS-1h, as appropriate, as
specified, and as shown on the Drawings.

2.3 AGGREGATES FOR BITUMINOUS PAVING MIXES

A. Aggregates for use in bituminous base course, leveling course, macadam and cold
mix courses shall consist of crushed rock or crushed gravel. Aggregates for use in
wearing courses shall consist of crushed rock.

B. Coarse aggregate shall be the fraction of crushed aggregate material retained on a


4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve. Fine aggregate shall be the fraction of crushed aggregate
material passing a 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve. Mineral filler shall be added when the
combined grading of coarse and fine aggregates is deficient in material passing a
0.075 mm (No. 200) sieve.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 2 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

C. The material from hot bins passing the number 40 sieve (0.425mm) when tested in
accordance with AASHTO T90 shall be non-plastic. In addition the material from
cold bins shall not have a PI larger than 4.

D. Aggregates shall not contain more than 1% gypsum and the coarse fraction of the
aggregate shall not contain more than 5% chert.

E. Aggregates shall be of uniform quality, free from decomposed stone, organic matter,
and shale.

F. The percentage by weight of friable particles, clay lumps, and other deleterious matter
shall not exceed 1% as determined by AASHTO T112.

G. Aggregate particles shall be clean, hard, durable and sound. Crushing shall result in a
product such that, for particles retained on a 4.75 mm (No. 4) sieve, at least 90% by
weight shall have 2 or more fractured faces.

H. The flakiness index and the elongation index tests shall be conducted in accordance
with BS EN 933-3:1997 with the following maximum limits:
Wearing Course Binder and Base Course
Flakiness Index (FI). 20 35
Shape Index (SI). 25 30

I. Aggregates shall be washed to remove any clay lumps, organic matter, adherent dust,
clay film or other extraneous or deleterious matter that may prevent or detract from
proper adhesion of bitumen to the aggregate particles.

J. Mineral filler shall consist of finely divided mineral matter such as limestone dust,
hydrated lime, other non-plastic mineral filler free from clay and organic impurities
and Portland cement, conforming to AASHTO M 17.

K. Combined coarse and fine aggregates for bituminous mixes, including mineral filler,
when tested in accordance with AASHTO T 27 and T11, shall conform to the grading
shown in the following table.
SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING
Base Course Wearing Course
1" (25.0 mm) 100 ---
3/4" (19.0 mm) 65-100 100
3/8" (9.5 mm) 47-72 56-80
No. 4 (4.75 mm) 30-56 35-56
No. 10 (2.00 mm) 19-36 22-36
No. 40 (0.425 mm) 8-20 8-20
No.200 (0.075 mm) 2-8 2-8

L. The loss in weight of aggregate after 500 revolutions, when tested in accordance with
AASHTO T 96, shall not exceed 35%.

M. When tested for soundness in accordance with AASHTO T104 the coarse aggregate
(retained on No.4 sieve) shall not show signs of disintegration and the loss by weight
after 5 cycles shall not exceed 10% in the case of the sodium sulphate test and 12% in
the case of the magnesium sulphate test.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 3 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

N. When testing for resistance to stripping in accordance with AASHTO T-182 at least
95% coated particles shall remain.

2.4 BITUMEN PRODUCTS

A. Penetration Graded Bitumen: Penetration graded bitumen shall conform generally to


the requirements of AASHTO M 20 as given in the following table.
Penetration Grade
40 -50 60 - 70 80 100
Min Max Min Max Min Max
Ductility at 25C (cm) 100 - 100 - 100 -
Penetration at 25C (0.1 mm) 40 50 60 70 85 100
Softening Point (C) 50 58 48 56 45.8 48
Specific Gravity at 25C 1.01 1.06 1.01 1.06 1.0 -
Loss on heating 163C - 0.8 - 0.8 - 1.0
Penetration of residue % of original 58 - 54 - 50 -
Solubility in Trichloroethylene (% wt) 99 - 99 - 99 -
Ash content % wt - 1.0 - 1.0 - 1.0
Flashpoint (Cleveland Open Cup) (C) 250 - 250 - 225 -

B. Sampling and testing shall be to AASHTO standard method listed in AASHTO M 20.

C. The penetration bitumen application temperature range shall be determined to ensure


that the appropriate viscosity range for each application is achieved. If the viscosity
curves are not available the values given in the following table shall be used.
Bitumen Grade 40/50 60/70 80/100
Application Temperature C 150-170 145-165 140-160

D. The penetration grade for the project shall be either 60/70 or 80/100.

2.5 BITUMINOUS BASE COURSE

A. Job Mix: The job mix for bituminous base course shall conform to the following
composition limits shown in the following:
1. Marshall Stability at 60C: 700 kg.
2. Flow: 2 - 3.5 mm.
3. Minimum Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA): 12%.
4. Air Voids: 4 8 %.

B. Compacted Density: The compacted density of bituminous base course shall be equal
to or greater than 97% of the average Marshall Bulk density for each day production.

2.6 BITUMINOUS WEARING COURSE

A. Mix Design:
1. The bituminous mixture shall be designed using procedures contained in
Chapter 5, Marshall Method of Mix Design, of the Asphalt Institute's Manual
Series No. 2 (MS-2), sixth edition, and shall meet the following requirements:
a. Number of Blows: 75.
b. Stability: 900 kg.
c. Flow: 2 - 3.5 mm.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 4 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

d. Air Voids:
1) 3% Normal Traffic (< 1 m ESAL).
2) 4% Heavy Traffic (1- 5 m ESAL).
3) 5% Very Heavy Traffic (>5 m ESAL).
e. VFA:
1) Normal to Heavy Traffic: 65 75%.
2) Very Heavy Traffic: 65-73%.
f. Dust to Bitumen Ratio: 1.2 maximum.
g. Minimum Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA):
Maximum
ASTM Sieve Percent Design Air Voids
Particle Size
(mm) (mm) 3% 4% 5%
13 12.5 13 % 14 % 15 %
18 19.0 12 % 13 % 14 %
25 25.0 11 % 12 % 13 %
37 37.5 10 % 11 % 12 %
2. The Contractor shall prepare a series of test specimens with a range of
different binder contents so that the test data show a well-defined curve. Tests
shall be scheduled on the basis of 0.5% increments of binder content, with at
least two binder contents above optimum and at least two below optimum.
3. Triplicate test specimens shall be prepared for each binder content mix to be
tested.
4. The mineral aggregate shall be of such a size that the percentage composition
by weight, as determined by laboratory sieves, shall conform to the gradation
or gradations specified in the following table, when tested in accordance with
ASTM C136 (dry sieve only). The percentage by weight for the bituminous
material shall be within the limits specified.
ASTM Sieve Size Percentage by Weight Passing Sieves
38 mm 100 - -
25 mm 90-100 100 -
18 mm - 90-100 100
13 mm 56-80 - 90-100
4 - 56-80 -
8 29-59 35-65 44-74
16 19-45 23-49 28-58
30 - - -
50 - - -
100 5-17 5-19 5-21
200 1-7 2-8 2-10
Bitumen Content 4.5-7.0 % 5.0-7.5 % 5.5-8.0 %
Course Type Binder Binder or Wearing Wearing
5. Bitumen content shall be calculated by weight of total mixture.
6. The compacted thickness of any layer shall be at least twice the maximum
nominal size of the aggregate band for wearing course unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer.
7. In considering the total grading characteristics of a bituminous paving
mixture, a higher percentage of material passing the 8 (2.36 mm) sieve
will result in pavement surfaces having a comparatively fine texture, while
coarse grading approaching the minimum amount passing the 8 sieve will
result in surfaces with comparatively coarse texture.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 5 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

B. Compacted Density: The compacted density of the bituminous wearing course shall
be not less than 97% of the average Marshall Bulk Density for each day production.

2.7 ASPHALT PAVING MIX

A. At least 30 days prior to the date the Contractor intends to begin production at the
mixing plant and after receiving approval of the aggregates and delivery to the Site of
the bitumen specified, the Contractor shall submit for the Engineers approval his
proposed Job Mix Formula.

B. The Job Mix Formula shall stipulate a single combined grading of all aggregate and
filler materials showing the specific percentages by weight passing each sieve size
and of each material to be used in the total mix.

C. The Job Mix Formula shall be established by the Contractor, under the supervision of
the Engineer, in the field laboratory. Mix design procedures shall conform to the
Marshall method of mix design and relevant procedures contained in Asphalt Institute
Manual MS-2, Sixth Edition. All trial mixes shall be prepared and tested by the
Contractor in the presence of the Engineer.

D. The Job Mix Formula shall specify a combination of mineral aggregates including
filler and bitumen (plus bitumen modifier if required) in such proportions to produce
a Job Mix which is within the limits of the specified grading and bitumen content
ranges and which meets the Marshall test requirements, as prescribed for each
particular type of bitumen course. It shall also stipulate the mixing temperature at
discharge from the mixer which, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, shall be
170C.

E. The Marshall Test procedure shall be used to determine the percentage of bitumen to
be incorporated in the mix. The Job Mix Formula shall take into consideration the
absorption of bitumen into the aggregates. Air voids shall be calculated in accordance
with the procedure given in the Asphalt Institute Manual, MS-2.

F. When compacting specimens in accordance with the Marshall Test procedure, the
number of blows applied with the compaction hammer shall be 75 on each side,
unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or instructed by the Engineer.

G. In order to meet the requirements, an approved additive such as Portland cement,


hydrated lime or liquid antistripping agent, may be used in the Job Mix. Portland
cement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 85. Hydrated lime shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C207, Type N. Cement or hydrated lime will normally be
required in the approximate range of 2-3% by weight of the aggregates and shall be
added at the cold feed in dry or slurry form as directed. Liquid antistripping agent
shall be provided in the range of 0.6-1.0% by weight of the bitumen, or according to
the manufacturers specifications.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 6 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

H. Upon receipt of approval of the Job Mix Formula, the Contractor shall adjust his
mixing plant to supply in the correct proportion the individual aggregates, mineral
filler and bitumen to produce a final project mix within the job mix gradation limits
given in the following table.
Sieve Designation (Square Openings) Specified Tolerances
9.5 mm and above +/- 5.0%
4.75 mm (No. 4) +/- 4.0%
2.00 mm (No. 10) +/- 4.0%
0.425 mm (No. 40) +/- 4.0%
0.18 mm (No. 80) +/- 4.0%
0.075 mm (No. 200) +/-1.0%
Bitumen Content to be recommended by designer
Temperature of Mix on discharge +/- 5C

I. Conformance to gradation requirements shall be determined on the extracted


aggregate in accordance with AASHTO T30. The bitumen content shall be
determined in accordance with AASHTO T164.

J. The Engineer shall test the project mix at least twice daily during plant operation and,
if necessary, direct the Contractor to readjust the plant to conform to the Job Mix
Formula. If, due to differing cold feed or hot bin gradations, the Contractor cannot
consistently produce a project mix meeting the Job Mix requirements, production
shall cease, the Job Mix shall be redesigned and re-approved by the Engineer and the
plant readjusted to produce a new Job Mix.

K. The participation of the Engineer in the preparation of the Job Mix Formula shall not
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for producing project mixes meeting the
specified requirements.

2.8 SPEED BUMPS

A. Tack Coat: Liquid asphalt for tack coat shall be rapid curing type cutback grades RC-
250 or RC-3000 as directed, and shall conform to the relevant requirements of
Bituminous Prime and Tack Coats.

B. Bituminous Mix: The bituminous mix for speed bumps shall conform to the relevant
requirements of Bituminous Binder and Wearing Courses for a wearing course mix
unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.

2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing, inspection and analysis


requirements.

B. Submit proposed mix design of each mix class for review prior to beginning of Work.

C. Test samples in accordance with AI MS-2, and in accordance with the standards and
regulations of the relevant local authorities having jurisdiction and/or Municipality.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 7 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

D. Minimum Tests Required for Bituminous Pavements at Source of Materials:


Item Tests at Source of Materials Frequency
Materials used in 1. Specific Gravity and Water For each source, and
Asphalt Mix at Absorption. when material quality
Batching plant 2. Absorption Test. changes, and when
3. Chert content. requested by the Engineer
4. Clay Lumps and Friable
Particles.
5. Flaky and Elongated Particles.
6. Soundness.
Materials Used in 1. Gradation. For each source, and
Asphalt Mix from 2. Specific Gravity and Water when material quality
Hot Bins Absorption. changes, and when
3. Plasticity Index. requested by the Engineer
4. Sand Equivalent.
5. Stripping with Asphalt.
Asphalt Mix Design 1. Complete Mix Design. For each Project, and
for Each Layer at 2. Loss of Stability. when material quality
Batching Plant changes, and when results
are not consistent with
the mix design results,
and when requested by
the Engineer
Asphalt for Each 1. Stability. Every 3 working days,
Layer at Batching 2. Flow. and for each batching
Plant 3. Binder Content & Gradation. plant, and when requested
4. Air Voids. by the Engineer
5. Voids in Mineral Aggregates.
6. Daily Marshall Density.
7. Loss of Stability. Every week, and when
requested by the Engineer

E. Minimum Tests Required for Bituminous Pavements at Road Site:


Item Test at Road Site Frequency
Asphalt for Each Behind Spreader: Every working day, and
Layer 1. Stability. Test for each batch, and
2. Flow. when requested by the
3. Binder Content & Gradation. Engineer
4. Air Voids.
5. Voids in Mineral Aggregates.
6. Marshall Density.
Core Samples: Every 200m per lane, and
7. Density and Thickness. each layer, and when
8. Bitumen Penetration Grade requested by the Engineer
Verification.

F. The Marshall Bulk specific gravity shall be determined in accordance with AASHTO
T166. The Marshall specimens shall be prepared from the same material used in the
construction, taken from samples of fresh bituminous mix at the mixing plant or from
trucks delivering mix to the Site. Oven heating for up to 30 minutes to maintain the
heat of the sample is permissible.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 8 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

G. The bulk specific gravity of the mix as placed and compacted in situ shall be
determined from 100 mm nominal diameter core samples or slab samples cut from
each compacted layer on the road at locations selected by the Engineer. The Engineer
reserves the right to instruct additional tests to determine the limits of areas deficient
in density or for verification.

H. Core samples for in-situ bulk specific gravity determination and verification of
bitumen binder penetration grade shall be taken in sets of two from each pavement
location. The minimum frequency of sampling for each bituminous layer shall be one
set/lane/500 m, with a minimum of one set per day of placed bituminous layers.

I. The Contractor shall cut the samples with an approved core drill in the presence of
the Engineer. The equipment shall be capable of cutting the mixture without
shattering the edges or otherwise disturbing the density of the specimen.

J. The Contractor shall, when necessary, furnish and apply cold water, ice, or other
cooling substance to the surface of the pavement to prevent the sampling from
shattering or disintegrating. The Contractor shall fill and compact all test holes at his
own expense.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify compacted sub-grade, granular, or stabilized soil sub-base is dry and ready to
support paving and imposed loads.

C. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.

D. Verify gutter drainage grilles and frames, manhole frames and the like are installed in
correct position and elevation.

3.2 BITUMINOUS PRIME AND TACK COATS

A. Construction of Trial Sections:


1. The Engineer shall, if necessary, instruct trial sections to be constructed prior
to the commencement of on-site prime or tack coat applications. The
Contractor shall construct trial sections using varying application rates of
bitumen as selected by the Engineer. Each trial section shall be two lanes
wide by 50 meters long, at approved locations on or close to the Site.
2. Each trial section shall be constructed using the same materials, mixing and
spraying equipment and construction procedures proposed for use in the
Works.
3. The objectives of these trials shall be to determine the adequacy of the
Contractor's equipment and the most suitable application rates for cutback
bitumen prime and tack coats.
4. The Contractor shall not proceed with site coat applications until the methods
and procedures established in the trials have been approved by the Engineer.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 9 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

B. General Application Procedures:


1. All equipment used for surface cleaning, heating bitumen and application of
prime and tack coats shall be suitable for the purposes intended and shall be
approved by the Engineer before use.
2. All surfaces to receive prime or tack coats shall conform to the specified
tolerances and compaction requirements and shall be properly cleaned using
power brooms or power blowers. Surfaces shall be approved before applying
any bitumen material.
3. Prime coats and tack coats shall be applied only when the surface to be
treated is sufficiently dry for tack coats and sufficiently moist for prime coats
and when the ambient temperature is above 10C for the application of tack
coat and above 15C for the application of prime coat. Prime and tack coats
shall not be applied during fog, rain, strong winds, generally dusty conditions
or dust storms.
4. The surfaces of all structures, curbs, gutters and other highway appurtenances
shall be protected from being splattered or stained with bitumen or damaged
during equipment operation. The Contractor shall be responsible for making
good any such staining or damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
5. Traffic shall not be permitted on surfaces cleaned and prepared for prime or
tack coat application.
6. If there are undue delays in applying prime or tack coats or subsequent
paving thereafter, the surface tolerances and compaction of the granular
course shall be re-verified, the deficient areas shall be corrected and/or
replaced, and the prime and tack coats shall be re-applied in accordance with
the Engineers instructions and at the Contractor's expense.
7. The Contractor shall maintain prime coats and tack coats intact until they are
covered by the subsequent pavement course. Any area where the coats have
been damaged shall be cleaned of all loose material, all surface defects shall
be repaired, and the coat shall be re-applied at the Contractor's expense.

C. Prime Coat Application:


1. If required by the Engineer, when the surface is an untreated subgrade or a
granular surface, the cleaned surface shall be given a light application of
water and allowed to dry to the condition deemed appropriate by the Engineer
before the bituminous material is applied.
2. Heating of MC cutback bitumen and its temperature at the time of application
shall be as specified.
3. Areas to be primed shall be as shown on the Drawings and shall include
200 mm wide outside the edges of the pavement.
4. Application rates for prime coat shall be determined by the Engineer from the
trial sections and shall be generally within the following ranges:
a. Untreated subgrade surfaces, shoulders base course: 0.75-2.0 liter/m.
b. Bridge wearing surfaces, concrete pavements: 0.1 - 0.4 liter/m.
c. Other Surfaces: As determined from field tests or trials.
5. The Engineer may order additional trial sections and/or alter the previously
established rates of application during progress of the Works.
6. Prime coat shall be applied using pressure distributors operated by skilled
workmen. The spray nozzles and spray bar shall be adjusted and frequently
checked so that a uniform distribution is ensured. Spraying shall cease
immediately if any nozzle ceases to spray and corrective measures shall be
taken before spraying is resumed.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 10 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

7. Hand spraying shall be used only for priming small patches or inaccessible
areas that cannot be primed by normal operation of the pressure distributor.
8. Application of prime coat between separate areas of priming shall not be
excessive. Any excess prime coat shall be removed from the surface using
clean sand to blot excess primer, and any skipped areas or recognized
deficiencies shall be corrected using hand sprays.
9. When required by the Engineer, a light covering of blotting material shall be
applied to the prime coat 48 hours after spraying and when it has not dried
sufficiently to withstand damage by traffic. The blotting material shall be a
smooth fine sand or other material approved by the Engineer.
10. Prime coats shall be cured for 3 days before traffic is allowed on it or before
the succeeding pavement layer is placed, or as directed by the Engineer.

D. Tack Coat Application:


1. Tack coat application shall be as shown on the Drawings and on clean dry
surfaces, and the application rate shall be as instructed by the Engineer.
Emulsified bitumen shall be diluted and thoroughly mixed with an equal
amount of water before application.
2. Heating of RC cutback bitumen and its temperature at the time of application
shall be as specified. Where slow-curing emulsified bitumen (SS or CSS
Type) is used for tack coat, it shall not require heating except in temperatures
below 20C.
3. The rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer between 0.1 and
0.6 kg/m depending on whether RC cutback or emulsified bitumen is used,
and on the surface condition of the bituminous course on which the tack coat
is to be sprayed. The Engineer shall alter the previously established rates of
application during progress of the Works if he deems it necessary.
4. The tack coat shall be allowed to dry only until it is in a suitable tacky
condition to receive the superimposed bituminous course. Tack coat
applications shall not proceed so far in advance of the following course that it
dries out completely.
5. Spraying procedures shall be as specified for prime coat application.
6. Blotting material shall not be applied to tack coats.
7. Apply tack coat to contact surfaces of curbs, gutters and the like.
8. Coat surfaces of manhole and catch basin frames with oil to prevent bond
with asphalt pavement. Do not tack coat these surfaces.

3.3 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT - SINGLE COURSE

A. Install Work in accordance with the standards and regulations of the relevant local
authorities having jurisdiction and/or Municipality.

B. Place asphalt within 24 hours of curing primer coat.

C. Place asphalt wearing course to compacted thickness shown on the drawings.

D. Compact pavement by rolling to specified density. Do not displace or extrude


pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment.

E. Perform rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish without
roller marks.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 11 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

3.4 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT - DOUBLE COURSE

A. Place asphalt binder course within 24 hours of curing prime coat. Place binder course
to compacted thickness shown on drawings.

B. Apply tack coat on binder course and allow to dry 2 hours before placing wearing
course.

C. Place wearing course within 8 hours of applying tack coat. Place wearing course to
compacted thickness shown on the drawings.

D. Compact each course by rolling to specified density. Do not displace or extrude


pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment.

E. Perform rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth finish, without
roller marks.

3.5 SPEED BUMPS

A. Prior to the application of the tack coat, the bituminous surface shall be cleaned free
of all dirt, dust and other foreign substances which, in the opinion of the Engineer,
would prevent proper bonding of the tack coat.

B. Immediately after the surface has been cleaned and approved by the Engineer the tack
coat shall be applied by pressure distributor, or by hand-spraying equipment which
shall achieve uniform mist type coverage without blotches or streaks. The rate of
application shall be between 0.2 and 0.3 liters per square meter unless otherwise
required by the Engineer.

C. When the tack coat has set and has been approved by the Engineer, the Contractor
shall place the speed bump form in position. The hot bituminous mix shall be placed
in the forms and consolidated by hand flush with the top of the form.

D. After the bituminous mix has been placed in the form and consolidated, the form shall
be carefully lifted and removed and rolling operations shall commence. Rolling shall
be performed with a suitable type of pneumatic roller initially traveling parallel to the
roadway centerline and finally at right angles to the centerline until the speed bump is
compacted to the required cross section. The height of speed bumps above the
pavement surface shall not exceed 100mm.

E. Speed bump shall be painted with white reflectorized paint as shown on the drawings.

3.6 TOLERANCES

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for tolerances.

B. Flatness: Maximum variation of 6 mm measured with 3 m straight edge.

C. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 4 mm.

D. Variation from Indicated Elevation: Within 6 mm.

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 12 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Flexible Pavement

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for field inspecting, testing, adjusting


and balancing.

B. Take samples and perform tests in accordance with AI MS-2, and in accordance with
the standards and regulations of the relevant local authorities having jurisdiction
and/or Municipality.

3.8 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for protecting finished work.

B. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for 24 hours
or until surface temperature is less than 60C.

END OF SECTION

02740 - Flexible Pavement Page 13 of 13 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Landscape Irrigation

SECTION 02811

LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Trenching.
2. Pipes and fittings.
3. Valves.
4. Outlet heads and accessories.
5. Control system.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02320 - Backfill.
2. Section 02324 - Trenching.
3. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
4. Section 02923 - Landscape Grading.
5. Division 15 - Mechanical.
6. Division 16 - Electrical: Electrical power supply, installation and connection
for equipment.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series).
2. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic
Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40.
3. ASTM D2447 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe,
Schedules 40 and 80, Based on Outside Diameter.
4. ASTM D3261 - Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene
(PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing.
5. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly Vinyl
Chloride (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems.
6. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with
Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings.

B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:


1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

C. Plastic Pipe Institute:


1. PPI Technical Report TR31.

D. American National Standard Institute:


1. ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.

02811 - Landscape Irrigation Page 1 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Landscape Irrigation

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Automatic irrigation system comprising the following:


1. Water storage tank.
2. Irrigation pumps set and equipment.
3. Automatic irrigation system including drip emitters, sprinklers, electric
solenoid valves, electronic controller and piping.
4. Electric power supply and a low voltage control of 24 Volts.
5. Trees, shrubs and ground covers shall have each separate programs.

B. Manual irrigation system comprising the following:


1. Water storage tank.
2. Irrigation pumps set and equipment.
3. Manual irrigation system including quick coupling valves, fittings, hoses,
accessories, connection to main line, etc.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate piping layout to water source, location of sleeves under
pavement, location and coverage of sprinkler heads, sprayer, saddle, dripper, valves,
timer program, control panel, water connector, components, plant and landscaping
features, site structures, outlets and fittings.

C. Product Data: Submit component and control system and wiring diagrams.

D. Samples: Submit one outlet of each type, with housing.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for submittals.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of concealed components, piping


system, conduit, etc.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data:


1. Submit instructions for operation and maintenance of system and controls,
seasonal activation and shutdown, and manufacturer's parts catalog.
2. Submit schedule indicating length of time each valve is required to be open to
deliver determined amount of water.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum


five years documented experience.

02811 - Landscape Irrigation Page 2 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Landscape Irrigation

1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-installation meeting.

B. Convene one week prior to commencing Work of this section

1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS

A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on approved shop drawings, as instructed


by manufacturer and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination.

B. Coordinate Work with site backfilling, landscape grading and delivery of plant life.

1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for extra materials.

B. Furnish the following:


1. Two sprinkler heads of each type and size.
2. Two valve keys for manual valves.
3. Two valve box keys.
4. Two keys for valve markers.
5. Two wrenches for each type head core and for removing and installing them.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL IRRIGATION SYSTEMS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Furnish materials as specified, as per manufacturers recommendations, to the


satisfaction of the Engineer, and in accordance with local relevant authorities
recommendations and standards.

2.2 PIPE MATERIALS

A. Polyethylene Pipe (PE): ASTM; Working pressure 1380 kPa, PE pipes shall be cut
with an approved mechanical pipe cutter and in conformity with pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. Where the cut end of the pipe is to be incorporated in a joint the
pipe shall be turned down to the correct diameter required for forming the joint by an
approved mechanical turning machine. The length of turning shall be sufficient to
enable the joint to be properly made. The ends of the pipe shall be accurately beveled
by mechanical means to the dimensions specified in the manufacturers
recommendations and as required to suit the form of joint used.

02811 - Landscape Irrigation Page 3 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Landscape Irrigation

B. Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Up to 300 mm Diameter: ASTM D2241;
inside nominal diameter as shown on drawings, bell and spigot style solvent sealed
joint ends.
1. Fittings: ASTM D2466, PVC.
2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement.

C. Fittings (Connector Elbows, Tees, etc.): Type and style of connection to match pipe.

2.3 OUTLETS

A. Outlets: Brass or bronze construction.

B. Rotary Type Sprinkler Head: Fixed, or Pop-up type with screens; fully adjustable for
flow and pressure, with letter or symbol designating degree of arc and arrow
indicating center of spray pattern.

C. Spray Type Sprinkler Head: Fixed surface head, or pop-up head pattern as selected by
the Engineer (full circle, half circle, third circle, quarter circle, and/or square pattern).

D. Emitter: Adjustable outlet, non-clogging.

E. Bubbler: Adjustable outlet.

F. Quick Coupler.

2.4 MANUAL VALVES

A. Gate and Ball Valves: Bronze construction, non-rising stem, or inside screw with
threaded ends.

B. Backflow Preventers: Iron, or bronze body construction, and double check valve,
reduced pressure zone or atmospheric type.

C. Valve Box and Cover.

D. Drain Valve.

2.5 CONTROLS AND CONTROL VALVES

A. Controller: Automatic controller, microprocessor solid state control with visible


readout display with relay switches, temporary override feature to bypass cycle for
inclement weather, timer for the required station system, programmable for 14 days in
quarter hour increments, with automatic start and shutdown.

B. Controller Housing: NEMA 250 Type 4; weatherproof, watertight, with lockable


access door.

C. Valves: Hydraulic, Electric Solenoid, or Thermal Hydraulic; open or closed;


hydraulic tubing, wiring, including required fittings and accessories.

D. Copper conductor, direct burial type.

02811 - Landscape Irrigation Page 4 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Landscape Irrigation

2.6 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS

A. Electrical Characteristics: In accordance with Division 16 - Electrical.

B. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel or on


equipment.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify location of existing utilities.

C. Verify required utilities are available, in proper location and ready for use.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Piping layout indicated is diagrammatic only. Route piping to avoid plants, ground
cover, and structures.

B. Layout and stake locations of system components.

C. Review layout requirements with other affected work. Coordinate locations of sleeves
under paving to accommodate system.

3.3 TRENCHING

A. Trench in accordance with Section 02324, and as per approved shop drawings.

B. Trench to accommodate grade changes and slope to drains.

C. Maintain trenches free of debris, material, or obstructions damaging to pipe.

3.4 INSTALLATION

A. Connect to utilities.

B. Set outlets and box covers at finish grade elevations shown on approved shop
drawings.

C. Provide for thermal movement of components in system.

D. Slope piping for self drainage to filter aggregate.

E. Use threaded nipples for risers to each outlet.

F. Install control wiring in accordance with Division 16. Provide 250 mm expansion coil
at each control valve, and at 30 m intervals. Bury wire and tubing beside pipe. Mark

02811 - Landscape Irrigation Page 5 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Landscape Irrigation

valves with neoprene valve markers containing locking device. Set valve markers in
approved polyethylene pipe risers exiting from top of valve to finish grade.

G. After piping is installed, but before outlets are installed and backfilling commences,
open valves and flush system with full head of water.

H. Coordinate water storage tank, and irrigation pumps set and equipment installations
with Division 15.

I. Coordinate pipe installation with Section 02513.

J. Coordinate electrical power supply and installations with Division 16.

3.5 BACKFILLING

A. Install 75 mm sand cover over piping.

B. Refer to Section 02320 for backfilling requirements.

C. Protect piping from displacement.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for testing and inspection services, and
execution requirements for testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Prior to backfilling, test system for leakage for whole system to maintain 690 kPa
pressure for one hour.

C. System is acceptable when no leakage or loss of pressure occurs and system self
drains during test period.

D. Provide one complete Spring season start-up and Fall season shutdown.

3.7 ADJUSTING

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Adjust control system to achieve time cycles required.

C. Change and/or adjust head types for full water coverage as directed by Engineer.

3.8 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for demonstration and training.

B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of system, including


adjusting of sprinkler heads. Use operation and maintenance material as basis for
demonstration.

END OF SECTION

02811 - Landscape Irrigation Page 6 of 6 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Traffic Signs

SECTION 02891

TRAFFIC SIGNS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Post mounted signs.
2. Structure mounted signs.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02315 - Excavation.
2. Section 02320 - Backfill.
3. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
2. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-
Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.
3. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
4. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on
Iron and Steel Hardware.

B. American Welding Society:


1. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive
Examination.
2. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.

C. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):


1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual.
2. SSPC SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning.
3. SSPC SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.
4. SSPC SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning.
5. SSPC Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Paint.
6. SSPC Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I - Inorganic & Type II - Organic).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate sign styles, lettering font, foreground and background
colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign.

C. Samples: Submit two signs, size as directed by the Engineer, illustrating type, style
graphics, letter font, and colors specified; method of attachment and fixing.

02891 - Traffic Signs Page 1 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Traffic Signs

D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation template and attachment


devices.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this


section with minimum ten years documented experience.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for product storage and handling.

B. Package signs, labeled in name groups.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General Requirements: Product requirements for environmental conditions affecting


products.

B. Do not install signs when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by


manufacturer.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for product warranties and product


bonds.

B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for all signs.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturer: Any internationally recognized manufacturer having an official


technical agreement to conformity with standards for the product.

B. Steel: Steel sections to ASTM A36/A36M. Steel pipe to ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B,
Schedule 40.

C. Reinforced Concrete for Foundations: 30 MPa 28 day compressive strength on


cylinder, (38 MPa 28 day compressive strength on cube) using ordinary Portland
cement to ASTM C150 Type I, all as per approved shop drawings, and in accordance
with Section 03300.

2.2 COMPONENTS

A. Posts: Galvanized steel pipes, as per drawings and to local authorities standards.

B. Concrete Foundations for Posts: Dimension as per drawings and to local authorities
standards.

02891 - Traffic Signs Page 2 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Traffic Signs

C. Signs: In accordance with local authorities standards.

2.3 FINISHES

A. Steel Components: Galvanized to ASTM A123/A123M; ASTM A153/A153M for


components; 600 g/sq m coating.

B. Accessories: Same finish as components.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting Work.

B. Examine substrate and conditions under which traffic signs shall be installed.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Excavate holes for posts to size indicated on drawings.

B. Set posts in concrete footings of size as per drawings.

C. Center and align posts; verify post vertical alignment and make necessary corrections.

D. Backfill with selected excavated fill materials and compact in layers.

E. Allow footings to cure minimum 7 days before installing mounted signs.

F. Install and fix mounted signs with all necessary accessories.

G. Position sign as shown on drawings and as per local relevant authorities standards.

H. Remove and dispose off surplus materials to approved dumping area.

3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements for tolerances.

B. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 6 mm.

C. Maximum Offset from Indicated Position: 25 mm.

3.4 SCHEDULES

A. As indicated on drawings and where directed by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

02891 - Traffic Signs Page 3 of 3 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pipe and Manhole Testing

SECTION 02952

PIPE AND MANHOLE TESTING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:
1. Testing Manholes: Vacuum Test.
2. Testing Gravity Sewer Piping: Low-Pressure Air Test and Infiltration Test.
3. Hydrostatic Testing Pressure Piping.
4. Deflection Testing of Plastic Pipe.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02082 - Manholes and Structures.
2. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
3. Section 02536 - Pressure Sewer System.
4. Section 02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C1244M - Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by
the Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test (Metric).
2. ASTM D2122 - Test Method for Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic
Pipe and Fittings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Submit the following prior to start of testing:


1. Testing procedures.
2. List of test equipment.
3. Testing sequence schedule.
4. Provisions for disposal of flushing and test water.
5. Certification of test gauge calibration.
6. Deflection mandrel drawings and calculations.

C. Test Reports: Indicate results of manhole and piping tests.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 VACUUM TESTING EQUIPMENT

A. Vacuum pump.

B. Vacuum line.

02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing Page 1 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pipe and Manhole Testing

C. Vacuum tester base with compression band seal and outlet port.

D. Shut-off valve.

E. Stop watch.

F. Plugs.

G. Vacuum gauge, calibrated to 0.34 kPa.

2.2 AIR TEST EQUIPMENT

A. Air compressor.

B. Air supply line.

C. Shut-off valves.

D. Pressure regulator.

E. Pressure relief valve.

F. Stop watch.

G. Plugs.

H. Pressure gauge, calibrated to 0.69 kPa.

2.3 INFILTRATION TEST EQUIPMENT

A. Weirs.

2.4 HYDROSTATIC TEST EQUIPMENT

A. Hydro pump.

B. Pressure hose.

C. Water meter.

D. Test connections.

E. Pressure relief valve.

F. Pressure gauge, calibrated to 0.69 kPa.

2.5 DEFLECTION TEST EQUIPMENT

A. Go, No-Go mandrels.

B. Pull/retrieval ropes.

02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing Page 2 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pipe and Manhole Testing

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for verification of existing


conditions before starting work.

B. Verify piping and manholes are ready for testing.

C. Verify pressure piping concrete reaction support blocking or mechanical restraint


system is installed.

3.2 PIPING PREPARATION

A. Lamping:
1. Lamp gravity piping after flushing and cleaning.
2. Perform lamping operation by shining light at one end of each pipe section
between manholes; observe light at other end; reject pipe not installed with
uniform line and grade; remove and reinstall rejected pipe sections; re-clean
and lamp until pipe section achieves uniform line and grade.

B. Plug outlets, wye-branches and laterals; brace plugs to resist test pressures.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. General Requirements: Quality requirements and execution requirements for field


inspecting, testing, adjusting and balancing.

B. Testing Manholes:
1. General: Test using air whenever possible prior to backfilling to assist in
locating leaks. Make joint repairs on both outside and inside of joint to ensure
permanent seal. Test manholes with manhole frame set in place.
2. Vacuum test in accordance with ASTM C1244 and as follows:
a. Plug pipe openings; securely brace plugs and pipe.
b. Inflate compression band to effect seal between vacuum base and
structure; connect vacuum pump to outlet port with valve open; draw
vacuum to 33.8 kPa; close valve; start test.
c. Test:
1) Determine test duration for manhole from the table below:
VACUUM TEST TABLE
Manhole Diameter Test Period
1.2 meters 60 seconds
1.5 meters 75 seconds
1.8 meters 90 seconds
2) Record vacuum drop during test period; when vacuum drop
is greater than 3.4 kPa during test period, repair and retest
manhole; when vacuum drop of 3.4 kPa does not occur
during test period, discontinue test and accept manhole.
3) When vacuum test fails to meet 3.4 kPa drop in specified
time after repair, repair and retest manhole.

02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing Page 3 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pipe and Manhole Testing

3. When unsatisfactory test results are achieved, repair manhole and retest until
result meets criteria; repair visible leaks regardless of quantity of leakage.

C. Testing Gravity Sewer Piping:


1. Low-pressure Air Test:
a. Test each section of gravity sewer piping between manholes.
b. Introduce air pressure slowly to approximately 28 kPa.
1) Determine ground water elevation above spring line of pipe,
for every foot of ground water above spring line of pipe
increase starting air test pressure by 3.0 kPa; do not increase
pressure above 69 kPa.
c. Allow pressure to stabilize for at least five minutes. Adjust pressure
to 24 kPa or increased test pressure as determined above when
ground water is present. Start test.
d. Test:
1) Determine test duration for sewer section with single pipe
size from the following table. Do not make allowance for
laterals.
AIR TEST TABLE
Minimum Test Time for Various Pipe Sizes
Nominal Pipe Size, T (time),
(mm) (min/ 30 m)
75 0.2
100 0.3
150 0.7
200 1.2
250 1.5
300 1.8
375 2.1
450 2.4
525 3.0
600 3.6
675 4.2
750 4.8
825 5.4
900 6.0
2) Record drop in pressure during test period; when air pressure
has dropped more than 6.89 kPa during test period, piping
has failed; when 6.89 kPa air pressure drop has not occurred
during test period, discontinue test and piping is accepted.
3) When piping fails, determine source of air leakage, make
corrections and retest; test section in incremental stages until
leaks are isolated; after leaks are repaired, retest entire
section between manholes.
2. Test pipe larger than 900 mm diameter with exfiltration test not exceeding
378 liters for each mm of pipe diameter for each kilometer per day for each
section under test. Perform test with minimum positive head of 610 mm.
3. Infiltration Test:
a. Use only when gravity piping is submerged in groundwater minimum
of 1220 mm above crown of pipe for entire length being tested.

02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing Page 4 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Pipe and Manhole Testing

b. Maximum Allowable Infiltration: 378 liters per mm of pipe diameter


for each kilometer per day for section under test; include allowances
for leakage from manholes. Perform test with minimum positive head
of 610 mm.

D. Testing Pressure Piping:


1. Hydrostatic Leakage Test:
a. Hydrostatically test each portion of pressure piping, including valves,
at 1.5 times working pressure of piping based on elevation of lowest
point in piping corrected to elevation of test gauge.
b. Fill section to be tested with water slowly, expel air from piping at
high points. Install corporation cocks at high points. Close air vents
and corporation cocks after air is expelled. Raise pressure to
specified test pressure.
c. Observe joints, fittings and valves under test. Remove and renew
cracked pipe, joints, fittings, and valves showing visible leakage.
Retest.
d. Correct visible deficiencies and continue testing at same test pressure
for additional 2 hours to determine leakage rate. Maintain pressure
within plus or minus 34.4 kPa of test pressure. Leakage is defined as
quantity of water supplied to piping necessary to maintain test
pressure during period of test.
e. Compute maximum allowable leakage "L" by the following formula:
SD p
L
C
Where "S" is the length of pipe tested, in meters;
"D" is the nominal diameter of pipe, in mm;
"P" is the average test pressure during leakage test, in kPa;
"C" is a constant equal to 22,259.
If pipe under test contains sections of various diameters, calculate
allowable leakage from sum of computed leakage for each size.
f. When test of pipe indicates leakage greater than allowed, locate
source of leakage, make corrections and retest until leakage is within
allowable limits. Correct visible leaks regardless of leakage quantity.

E. Deflection Testing of Plastic Pipe:


1. Perform vertical ring deflection testing on plastic piping, after backfilling has
been in place for at least 30 days but not longer than 12 months.
2. Allowable maximum deflection for installed plastic pipe limited to five
percent (5%) of original vertical internal diameter.
3. Perform deflection testing using properly sized rigid ball or 'Go, No-Go'
mandrel.
4. Furnish rigid ball or mandrel with diameter not less than 95 percent of base or
average inside diameter of pipe as determined by ASTM standard to which
pipe is manufactured. Measure pipe in compliance with ASTM D2122.
5. Perform test without mechanical pulling devices.
6. Locate, excavate, replace and retest pipe exceeding allowable deflection.

END OF SECTION

02952 - Pipe and Manhole Testing Page 5 of 5 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Utility Permanent Relocation

SECTION 02991

UTILITY PERMANENT RELOCATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes investigation and location of existing services and utilities; and
permanent relocation of existing services and utilities, and utility disconnection and
reconnection.

B. Related Sections:
1. Section 02055 - Soils.
2. Section 02060 - Aggregate.
3. Section 02230 - Site Clearing.
4. Section 02315 - Excavation.
5. Section 02320 - Backfill.
6. Section 02324 - Trenching.
7. Section 02513 - Water Distribution Systems.
8. Section 02515 - Water Service Connections.
9. Section 02536 - Pressure Sewer System.
10. Section 02539 - Sanitary Sewer Systems.
11. Section 02631 - Stormwater Drainage Systems.
12. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.
13. Division 16 - Electrical: Permanent relocation of existing electrical and
telephone items, and disconnection and re-connection of electric power and
telephone networks.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Requirements for submittals.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate types and locations of all existing utilities and services
together with the protection details and the like.

C. Existing Survey: Submit survey documents including written description and


photographs to document existing conditions.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. General Requirements: Execution requirements for closeout procedures.

B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of new utilities and services.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform Work in accordance with the drawings and to Engineers satisfaction.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

02991 - Utility Permanent Relocation Page 1 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Utility Permanent Relocation

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Design utility permanent relocation under direct supervision of approved Professional


Engineer experienced in design of this Work and in full coordination with all relevant
authorities and to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

1.6 PRE-RELOCATION MEETINGS

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for pre-relocation meeting.

B. Convene minimum one week before starting Work of this section.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination and project


conditions.

B. Sequence installation to ensure utility connections and reconnections are achieved in


orderly and expeditious manner.

C. Arrange schedule with Work of other sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 UTILITY PERMANENT RELOCATION

A. Definition of Utility: Any pipe, channel, culvert, duct, cable, pole, handhole,
manhole, chamber, structure, etc. with related fittings, accessories and the like.

B. Utility Products and Materials: To match existing, complying with relevant sections
of these Specifications, in accordance with relevant authorities standards, and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

C. Fill Materials: Types specified in Section 02055 and Section 02060.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INVESTIGATION AND LOCATION OF EXISTING SERVICES AND UTILITIES

A. Investigate and locate existing services and utilities on, under and over the site, using
electronic detection methods, hand digging, trial pits or any other approved means
necessary.

B. Identify utility services and obstructions to be removed, relocated or abandoned.

C. Coordinate with all relevant authorities.

D. Reinstate surfaces to match existing.

E. Remove and dispose off resulting materials to approved dumping area.

02991 - Utility Permanent Relocation Page 2 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Utility Permanent Relocation

F. Prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval necessary "Shop Drawings" showing
location of existing services and utilities, protection details, and the like.

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. General Requirements: Administrative requirements for coordination and project


conditions.

B. Verify availability and accessibility of access road to destination site.

C. Obtain all necessary permits for work to be executed in destination site with any
necessary access road construction thereto.

3.3 PREPARATION

A. Design, construct to the satisfaction of the Engineer and remove upon completion of
the works, any necessary access road to destination site.

B. Prepare site and destination site.

C. Take all necessary safety measures when relocating service utility.

D. Coordinate Work of utility disconnection and reconnection with relevant authorities.

E. Remove and replace upon completion of the work, overhead or exposed utility
services for clear working space around utility.

F. During relocation, protect adjacent private and public property from damage.

3.4 ORIGINAL SITE

A. Break out existing paved or unpaved surfaces.

B. Excavate in any type of soil and to any depth required, and dewater excavation of all
water sources, all in accordance with Section 02315 and Section 02324.

C. Protect existing utilities and provide all necessary temporary works to maintain
utilities services in use during relocation works.

D. Dismantle and remove disconnected utility.

E. Carry out other works scheduled to be executed where the removed utility were
encountered.

F. Remove all temporary works and make good all disturbed surfaces.

G. Backfill and compact to requirements of Section 02320 and Section 02324; place fill
to elevations of original grades.

H. Reinstate surfaces to match previously existing.

I. Remove and dispose off resulting materials to approved dumping area.

02991 - Utility Permanent Relocation Page 3 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2: Site Construction
Utility Permanent Relocation

3.5 DESTINATION SITE

A. Break out existing paved or unpaved surfaces.

B. Excavate in any type of soil and to any depth required, and dewater excavation of all
water sources, all in accordance with Section 02315 and Section 02324.

C. Supply and erection as per approved design and submitted shop drawings, of new
utilities to match previously existing in accordance with these Specifications.

D. Provide all necessary temporary works to carry out the work.

E. Reconnect new work with existing utility services and test of completed relocated
utility.

F. Remove all temporary works and make good all disturbed surfaces.

G. Backfill and compact to requirements of Section 02320 and Section 02324; place fill
to elevations of original grades.

H. Reinstate surfaces to match previously existing.

I. Remove and dispose off resulting materials to approved dumping area.

3.6 SCHEDULE

A. As indicated on drawings and where directed by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

02991 - Utility Permanent Relocation Page 4 of 4 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2 : Site Instruction
Annex 1 Operation and Procedure

ANNEX 1 Operation and Procedure

Annex 1 Operation and Procedure Page 1 of 1 Date: 23/01/2014


SAADIYAT ISLAND PROJECT

SURVEYING AND SETTING OUT


PROCEDURES

COLOR CODED FLAG SYSTEM

Date of Issue: 30th April 2008

PARSONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED


SAADIYAT ISLAND PROJECT

SURVEYING AND SETTING OUT


PROCEDURES

COLOR CODED FLAG SYSTEM

Reviewed by:

Approved by:

Rev. Description Author Date


0 Draft Issue for Review
1 Issued for Approval PIL 01 Nov 07
2 Issued for Construction PIL 07 Nov 07
3
4

1. This policy and procedure is controlled and centralized by the Quality Assurance Department.
2. Only the controlled electronic version is true and correct.
3. All printed or other copied versions are uncontrolled and should be destroyed when finished with.
4. The user is responsible for consulting the latest electronic version online.

Procedure No. Rev. No. Date Author Page


PP-002 2 07 Nov 07 Parsons Page 2 of 8
1.0 PURPOSE

To define all actions to be undertaken for the surveying and setting out of the project.

2.0 SCOPE

The procedure shall apply to all survey and setting out work undertaken by Parsons
International Ltd. (PIL) on the Saadiyat Island project.

3.0 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Master Survey Station : A plan reference point from which all other survey
stations are taken

Master Benchmark : A level reference point from which all other benchmarks
are taken

Survey : The mapping of an area, based upon a number of


master survey stations and master benchmarks.
The establishment of level control referenced to project
benchmarks.

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES

The Contractor is responsible to ensure that the procedure is applied to all survey work
undertaken on the project.

5.0 PROCEDURE

5.1 Control Checking and Calibration of Instruments

5.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure:

The appropriate selection of surveying instruments for the project.


A register of surveying instruments is maintained in accordance with Project
Procedure PP-001: Calibration of Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment.
The regular checking of Surveying in accordance with Project Procedure PP-001:
Calibration of Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment.
Faulty surveying instruments are immediately withdrawn from use and are repaired
and/or adjusted and checked as appropriate.
Color coded system to be applied.

Procedure No. Rev. No. Date Author Page


PP-002 2 07 Nov 07 Parsons Page 3 of 8
5.1.2 Instrument users shall ensure that surveying instruments

In use are in a current known and valid state of calibration as shown by the tag
attached to the instrument.
Are used in a manner so as to preserve their accuracy and fitness for use.
Found to be faulty or out of calibration are reported to the Survey Department.

5.2 Master Survey Station and Benchmarks

5.2.1 The Contractor shall ensure:

The master survey stations and master benchmarks established for the project are
checked for accuracy of their position and alignment at predetermined intervals.
Checks of master survey stations and master benchmarks established for the project
are carried out at predetermined intervals.
Any conflict between PIL and Contractors data is resolved together.
Master survey station and master benchmark data is depicted on a Project Survey
Record Drawing and scheduled in a Project Survey Stations/Benchmarks schedule.
(Refer PP-002-F-001: Survey Stations/Benchmarks Schedule)

5.3 Project Survey Stations and Benchmarks

5.3.1 The Contractor shall ensure:

The appropriate location, reference numbering, construction, protection, preservation


and maintenance of project survey stations and benchmarks.
Depiction of project survey stations and benchmark data on a Project Survey Record
Drawing and scheduling on a Project Survey Station/Benchmarks Schedule (Refer
PP-002-F-001: Survey Stations/Benchmarks Schedule).
Periodic checking of project survey stations/benchmarks to ensure accuracy.
Maintenance and update of the Survey Record Drawing and Schedule upon addition,
removal, relocation or replacement of project survey stations and/or benchmarks.
Submission and agreement of project survey station and benchmark data with the
contractor.
Color Coded Flag System.

5.4 Records to be Generated

5.4.1 The Contractor shall ensure the timely generation and maintenance of the
Project Survey Record Drawing and Schedule (Refer PP-002-F-001) to
include as a minimum:

Master Survey Stations.


Master Benchmarks.
Project Survey Stations.
Project Benchmarks

Procedure No. Rev. No. Date Author Page


PP-002 2 07 Nov 07 Parsons Page 4 of 8
5.4.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all surveying/plan records and calculation
sheets contain the following information:

Surveyor name.
Instrument make.
Instrument model number.
Instrument serial number
Drawing references and revision.

6.0 DOCUMENTATION, QUALITY RECORDS

The following documents as generated under this procedure are quality records

Survey Stations/Benchmarks Schedule.


Saadiyat Flag Color System to be followed.
Original of such documents shall be kept in the department responsible for the
equipment. Copies shall be scanned and recorded within the ACONEX system.

7.0 REFERENCES

Saadiyat Island Project Management Plan.

Project Procedure PP-001: Calibration of Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment.

8.0 APPENDICES

Survey Stations/Benchmarks Schedule.

Flag Color Coded System

Procedure No. Rev. No. Date Author Page


PP-002 2 07 Nov 07 Parsons Page 5 of 8
SURVEY STATIONS/BENCHMARKS SCHEDULE
Project
Abu Dhabi Co-ordinates
Station/Benchmark Classification or Co-ordinates Type of Ground Date
Reduces Level Last Date Checked
Reference Category Marker Color Established/Revised
Easting Northing Chainage Offset

Prepared/Reviewed by: Date:

(Name, Position and Signature)

Procedure No. Rev. No. Date Author Page


PP-002 2 07 Nov 07 Parsons Page 6 of 8
FLAG COLOR CODED SYSTEM

Application Color
Plot Boundary/Set Back
General Flags Green
Area Boundary
Batters/Bund Yellow
Structures and Piles /
Orange
Piping Alignment
Roads Centerline Black

Roads Right of way Purple

Services Flags Electricity cables Red

Sewage Brown

Potable Water Light Blue

Irrigation Blue

Temporary Flags Level Markers Red/White Tape


Temporary Marker /
White
Survey Progress

Procedure No. Rev. No. Date Author Page


PP-002 2 07 Nov 07 Parsons Page 7 of 8
Procedure No. Rev. No. Date Author Page
PP-002 2 07 Nov 07 Parsons Page 6 of 8
Traffic Management Process
The following is the process used to manage Traffic on Saadiyat Island to better
coordinate the various activities that will take place during the full development of the
island.
Coordinated Signage Guidelines:
All signs should be designed to meet at least 60 km/h speed, i.e. font size,
spacing, etc.
Main Access Roads use yellow background with black lettering
Construction Roads use orange background with black lettering
Various Company Signs use white background and applicable colour lettering
(see further detail in Section 5.1)
Danger/Warning signs should use red background with white lettering
No signs to be installed along Access Roads (see map in Section 1.2) without
Parsons Logistics prior approval of sign design as well as location.
No signs to be installed along Construction Roads (see map in Section 1.2)
without Parsons CM prior approval of sign design as well as location.
Contractors need to submit changes to Construction roads, both layout of the
road and signage along the changed section, to their CM for review and
approval. CM to forward approved changes to Parsons Logistics for overall
coordination and mapping. TDIC to get at least biweekly updated maps, with
changes highlighted.
Traffic management team:
TDIC, PARSONS Logistics, PARSONS CM, as well as representatives from
major Contractors and Developers.
3rd party coordination through Parsons Logistics with TDIC input as required.
Traffic Control Supervisors (TCS), supplied by LCAD.
Traffic Control Manager (TCM), this is an engineering position (LCAD and
PARSONS).
The role of the TCS is to monitor road conditions through out the shift and
make repair arrangements as needed in cooperation with the TCM.
The TCSs will maintain a daily log that is given to the TCM at the end of shift.
The TCM will provide a copy of said report to PARSONS Logistics for
distribution to TDIC/CMs/Contractors etc.

Parsons Logistics maintains Road and Signage map for the island. This map will be
reviewed in the weekly Logistic Meeting as well as the Contractor Coordination
Meeting. Any changes made will be incorporated into the map and the revised map
issued for use.

th
Date of Issue: 30 April 2008
Traffic Rules and Restrictions

Date of Issue: 30th April 2008


TRAFFIC RULES AND RESTRICTIONS
Traffic Control

Traffic control is provided by means of the following measures.

Posted speed limits which are enforced by Security personnel


Directional signs on Access Roads
Warning signs in reduced speed or hazardous areas
Flagmen when situations warrant
All road signs are to be approved by Parsons Logistics group
Current road maps are available from Security personnel at Security Plaza

Security personnel have delegated authority from TDIC to enforce traffic regulations. Three
violations will result in the delinquent driver being banned from Saadiyat Island.

Weight restrictions on Bridge to Yas Island

Transport vehicles of more than 90 tonnes gross weight are prohibited on the Yas Island
bridge. This weight limit will be enforced by the Abu Dhabi police. Overweight vehicles will
be refused access. Alternative access to Saadiyat Island is available via the RORO jetty near
Saadiyat Village.

Traffic Curfews on Shahama Road

Traffic curfews during the morning and evening commute times will be implemented to
prevent materials deliveries during the peak commute times and allow labour traffic to reach
the work areas. When the curfew is implemented, it is anticipated that all traffic except labour
transport (buses, vans, etc.) will be stopped prior to crossing the bridge to Yas Island to allow
unhindered flow of labour to both Yas and Saadiyat Island, as well as the locations served by
the labour camps on Yas Island. On the Saadiyat Island end of Shahama Road, all non-
labour transport will be prevented from leaving the Island during the curfew hours.

The curfew hours are still under discussion, but it is expected that non-labor vehicle
movements will be banned from 05:30 to 08:00 hours (inbound) and from 17:00 to 19:30
hours (outbound). The exact hours will be established in coordination with the Yas Island
operations, but it is expected that a curfew will be implemented during April of 2008.

Date of Issue: 30th April 2008


MATERIAL REMOVAL PERMIT
FOR MATERIALS, VEHICLES, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Main Contractor Name Date of Removal
Sub Contractor
(If Appropriate)
Contact Person Phone

Transporter Vehicle Registration No.

Goods Return Doc No.

Material/Vehicle/Plant Description Quantity Licence no.

I confirm that the above material is under our control and that we are legitimately removing
them/it from Saadiyat Island.

Company Stamp authorising Application

SECURITY COMPANY USE ONLY

Approved by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Security Guard/Manager

Entered on Record by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Material Removal Form Revised 23-JAN-2008


REQUEST TO OFFLOAD/LOAD A BARGE

Fax To: 02 403-6464 ATTN: Security

Contractor Name Date

Contact Person Phone

Offload
Barge Owners Name
Date

Name of Barge Size

Material/Vehicle/Plant Description Quantity Licence no.

Company Stamp authorising Application

SECURITY COMPANY USE ONLY

Approved by: _______


___ _______
Security Manager

Entered on Record by: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

A Request to offload form shall be completed and submitted to security at least 24 Hrs. in
advance. The purpose is to coordinate docking and reduce queueing congestion. Permission
to dock and time will be allocated by Security Manager

Barge Material Permit 3-Feb-2008 R2


Environmental Supplement

Date of Issue: 30th April 2008


ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Developments on Saadiyat Island are only permitted under strict environmental
conditions. These are fully detailed in a Construction Environmental Management
Plan (CEMP) prepared by TDIC which describes the overall development concept.
The TDIC overall CEMP, including Environmental Agency Abu Dhabi (EAD)
comments, can be found as a registered document on Aconex as PIL-P2569-00023.

It is mandatory for all prime Contractors to obtain a CEMP pertinent to their works.
This must be prepared by a specialist consultant approved by the (EAD). This CEMP
must be presented through TDIC to the EAD for approval. No construction work shall
commence without the Approval of the relevant CEMP.

The Parsons HSE group provides environmental oversight and monitoring of


Contractor activities.

Permitting and Approvals

The practice on Saadiyat Island has been to place responsibility for permitting
approvals in the scope of the relevant Contractor. Because this has been put in the
scope of the Contractors, the Logistics group is not directly involved in the permitting
process, but will provide support when requested.
Activities related to the construction work on Saadiyat Island which should be
expected to require permits or at least a No Objection letter from TDIC include the
following list.
Water (intake and brine discharges)

Piling

Dewatering

Building construction

Wastewater (effluent disposal)

Power

Communication towers

Water transport (to be coordinated with Security Contractor)

Roadway signage and traffic control. Must be coordinated with Logistics


Group

Cranes and air traffic concerns

April 2008
Project Signboards

Date of Issue: 30th April 2008

April 2008
April 2008
April 2008
April 2008
April 2008
April 2008
Operational Rules and Procedures

Date of Issue: 30th April 2008


Selected Operational Rules

Laydown Areas, Site Fencing


The policy on contractor / developer site locations is that the location must be fenced by
the contractor, and all activities must be within the fenced location. Minimum fencing
standards are required. Fencing specifications are available from Parsons Logistics group
upon request.

All Laydown areas are to be within the contractors site.

Plans for development of the site must be provided to Parsons Logistics group for TDIC
concurrence prior to actual construction.

Waste Management
Disposal of wastes from all construction sites is the responsibility of the Contractor.
Waste must be removed from Saadiyat Island and disposed of at an approved disposal
site.

Utility Services
Utility services are not available during the current construction phase of the project.
Contractors are solely responsible to provide all their required utility services, including
electricity, potable water, construction water, and sewage disposal.

Site conditions
Some sites at Saadiyat Island may have a high water table or other soil conditions which
will impact construction procedures. Contractors are solely responsible to evaluate their
site and soil conditions, conduct Geotechnical Studies as required, and develop
construction methods suitable for the site conditions.

Where dewatering of site excavations is required, the dewatering methods, discharge


methods and locations must be approved by the Parsons Logistics group at least two
weeks prior to implementation.

April 2008
Protection of Existing Utilities

A Permit to Dig procedure is in place on Saadiyat Island. No excavation work may


proceed on the Island without an approved Permit to Dig. Contact Parsons Logistics
group for assistance with this procedure.

Surveying and Setting out Procedures

Survey monuments have been established on the Island. These control points are in terms
of the following Plan Datum: Nahrwan, Clarke 1880 Spheroid
Level Datum: New Adu Dhabi Datum (NADD).
For further information contact the Parsons Logistics group at E-mail:
Snaebjorn.Jonasson@parsons.com

A color coded flag procedure has been developed for surveying and Site setting out
procedures and is included elsewhere in this information packet.

April 2008
1. rect other traffic during such operations.

GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS


1. All persons entering Saadiyat Island must be in possession of an Access Card which shall be either
a Permanent Access Card or a Day Pass for casual visitors. This applies to access whether by
road or sea.

2. All vehicles entering the Island must be registered with Security. This occurs via the Request for
Vehicle Access Pass, Request to Offload / Load a Barge, or Day Pass for casual visitors.

3. Request to Offload / Load a Barge form must be completed and submitted to Security at least 24
hours in advance.

4. All persons are required to wear a reflective vest, hard hat, safety boots and safety glasses when in
construction areas.

5. The maximum speed permitted on the Island is 40 km/hr, unless otherwise signed. Violators will be
banned from driving on the Island on the third offence. This applies to all drivers.

6. Traffic signs and the signals of flag men must be adhered to.

7. Off-Road driving is not permitted. Use Access roads only. Construction roads are for the use of
contractors only. Keep away unless you have business in the area.

8. Stopping on the road is not permitted, other than in the case of vehicle break down.

9. No material or equipment may be removed from the Island without a Material Removal Permit
signed by an authorised person.

10. Tracked Vehicles are to be transported on Low Bed Trucks and are not permitted to cross Access
roads. Damage to roads will result in a charge for the cost of repair.

11. All beaches are off limits. Swimming & fishing are not permitted.

12. Alcohol, intoxicating substances, weapons, firearms, explosives, and knives are prohibited on the
Island. Violation will result in immediate removal from Saadiyat Island and permanent cancellation
of access cards.

13. Labourers must stay in their designated areas after work hours.

14. All Accidents/Emergencies must be reported immediately to Security on 050-6221409.

15. Vehicles which are likely to cause a hazard or congestion to traffic are referred to as Abnormal
Loads. Permission must be requested from the Security Company before Abnormal Load vehicles
are permitted on access roads. A guard from the Security Company must be in attendance to escort
or direct other traffic during such operations.

Revision 1: 3-March-2008
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2 : Site Instruction
Annex 2 Health and Safety

ANNEX 2 Health and Safety

Annex 2 Health and Safety Page 1 of 1 Date: 23/01/2014


Health and Safety Supplement

Date of Issue: 30th April 2008


Health and Safety
All Contractors working on Saadiyat Island shall appoint a Safety Officer (SO) with
the following minimum responsibilities.

The SO shall be responsible for ensuring the health and safety of workers
The SO shall provide a safety induction for all personnel commencing work
on the island
The SO shall conduct site inspections and instruct employees on safety
conditions and regulations
The SO shall ensure that all workers on site are issued with and use PPE
The SO shall identify and ensure faulty hand tools, construction equipment
and materials are replaced or repaired
The SO shall record and report all safety violations to the Contractor
An accident register must be maintained on site which shall be accessible to
Government Authorities and designated persons

As a minimum, Contractors shall also comply with the following UAE standard:

Federal Law No. 80, Year 1980 Re, Regulation of Labour Relations and its
Amendments and Order Issued in Implementation Thereof, Eighth Edition,
August 2000, including all relevant sections

Parsons will provide safety overviews, audits, and will conduct site visits from time to
time. Further information and assistance can be obtained from the Parsons Safety
Manager, Mr. Don Bollinger.

Mobile phone: +971 050 823-0879


E-mail: don.bollinger@parsons.com

30 April 2008
SAADIYAT ISLAND DEVELOPMENT

Health, Safety & Environment


Date off Issue: 30th April
il 2008
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT

CONTRACTOR OREINTATION

PARSONS
International Limited
HSE GOALS & OBJECTIVES
Ensure compliance
p with all applicable
pp
laws, decrees and other regulatory
requirements.

R
Raise
i the
h llevell off HSE awareness off all
ll
employees on the project.

Endeavour to continually improve the


level of HSE performance.
Amenities Available in the Island

Medical Clinic for minor injuries


Abu Dhabi Police
Civil Defense (Fire Fighting dept)
ADNOC Refueling station
G4-Island
G4 Island Security
Restaurant/Canteen facility
SAADIYAT ISLAND DISTRICTS

7
6
1.Wetlands
5
2.Island Lagoons
2
3.South Beach
4.Marina
5.Cultural 1
6.Saadiyat Beach
7.Eco Point

3
Access to the Island
Saadiyat Island is connected to the main
land by sea ,road and air.
1 By sea,
1. sea to Abu Dhabi Port Area-
Area boat-
boat
0.5 2.00 km approximately
2. By road, which connects to the AUH-
DXB Highway.
g y The distance is 25
km approximately
3 By air (helicopter) in case of
3.
emergency
LOCATION OF FACILITIES
Saadiyat Beach District
Al Jaber Camp, Police, Island Clinic, Civil
Defense (Fire Dept.) & Ro-Ro Jetty.
Island
I l dL Lagoons
Concrete Batching Plants, Asphalt Plant,
Warehouse Saadiyat Nursery
Warehouse,
Marina District
P1-01
P1 01 Site Offices (JDN
(JDN- dredging contractor) ,
ADNOC Jetty & ADNOC Fuel station
Hotel Plots
Cultural District
Project Site Office (TDIC & Parsons), Leightons
Offi & Restaurant/Canteen
Office R t t/C t
EMERGECNY CONTACTS

POLICE 999
AMBULANCE 998
CIVIL DEFENSE 997
CLINIC ((NURSE)) 050-6160121
G4 SECURITY MANAGER 050-6915795
PARSONS HSE MANAGER 050-8230879
050 8230879
Medical
ed ca Facilities
ac t es

First Aid cases to be administered at


the location and recorded

Minor cases to be referred to Island


Clinic

All major cases to be handled and


assisted by Police
GENERAL HSE RULES
HSE Orientation is mandatory
Every activity on site should have an
approved method statement & Activity
Hazard Assessment (AHA)
All
ll work k related
l d injuries/illness
i j i /ill or
vehicle collision, no mater how slight,
shall
h ll be
b reported d to your supervisor
i
All fires, spills and release, no mater
h
how small,
ll shall
h ll be
b reportedd to Parsons RE
ISLAND SECURITY RULES (G4)

Island Pass is mandatory for all

Visitors allowed on prior permission/pass

Photography without approval is prohibited.


ORGANISATIONS RESPONSIBILITY

Making your workplace safe and without risks to


health
Ensuring plant and machinery are safe and that
safe systems of work are set and followed
Ensuring articles and substances are moved, stored
and used safely
Providing adequate welfare facilities
Providing the information, instruction, training and
supervision necessary for your health and safety
YOUR RESPONSIBILITY

Taking reasonable care for your own health


and safety and that of others who may be
affected by what you do or do not do;
Co-operating with your employer on health and
safety;
Correctly using work items provided by your
employer, including personal protective
equipment, in accordance
d with
h training or
instructions; and
Not interfering with or misusing anything
provided for your health, safety or welfare.
ARMS AND DRUGS POLICY
To use or p
possession of firearms,, deadly
y weapons
p
or unauthorized explosives on Island is prohibited

Possession, use, distribution, consumption, or


working under the influence of prohibited drugs or
alcohol on the Island is prohibited
Boat Passengers Guide
Life jacket must be worn
while in the boat
Remain seated while
boat is in motion
No smoking at any time
inside the boat
Ensure the boat has
stopped & secured
against
g the jjetty
y before
embarkation &
disembarkation
In case of emergency,
emergency
follow the instructions of
the boat captain
Personal
o a Protective
o Equipment
qu p (PPE)
( )

Mandatory
y PPEs on the Island

Hard Hat
Safety Shoe with steel toe
High
g Visibility
y Jacket
Eye Protective wear
DRIVING
Following are the basic requirements for
driving operating vehicles/plants:
Drivers off vehicles must have an
adequate and valid driving license of UAE
Maximum speed limit is 40 km/hour
All plant/vehicles will be inspected as per
HSE Plan before deployment on site
DRIVING
Beware of road surprises
p

Drive with
caution
SCAFFOLDING

Do not use the scaffold if


there is no inspection
p tag
g

Check the GREEN tag


before using scaffold

RED tag means that the


scaffold is not to be used
Welding and Cutting
Obtain Permit To Work (PTW)
Only trained and certified welders
to be deployed for the job
Gas cylinders
y must be secured and
in an upright position
Flashback arrestors should be fitted
Protect other workers and
materials from sparks
Handling
a d g ofo Compressed
Co p essed Gas Cylinders
Cy de s

Cylinders often hold flammable gases


under pressure and must be
handled with care.
Remove hoses or tubing and secure
caps before transporting
Secure cylinders against falling
Store cylinders in a vertical position
Protect cylinders from sources of heat
y
Gas cylinders should be colour-coded in
accordance with standards
CRANES AND
LIFTING OPERATIONS

All lifting equipment should have a load test


certificate
Crane operators should possess a valid UAE
driving license and competency certificate
Certified riggers should be deployed for all lifting
operations
Cranes of capacity above one ton should be
f
fittedd with
h Safe
S f Load
d Indicator
d
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2 : Site Instruction
Annex 3 Environmental Management

ANNEX 3 Environmental Management

Annex 2 Environmental Management Page 1 of 1 Date: 23/01/2014


Saadiyat Island
Environmental Management Guidelines
for Contractors

Date of Issue: 15th May 2008

1
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Revision History

Prepared Reviewed
Revision Date Description Approved by
by by
15th Dr.
Dr. Nazila Nasser Al
1 May Shahid
Keshavarz Shaiba
2008 Mustaf

2
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Table of Contents

Introduction
Matrix of the Contractors Guideline
Regular practices of the Contractors
Prepare and Implement EMP
Inductions of EMP
Uses of Safe Materials
On Site Facilities of the Contractors
Boundary Fencing
Project Boundary
Contractors Site Boundary
Construction Waste
Public Hygiene/Sanitary Facilities
Workshops and Repair Areas
Workshop activities
Material Storage and Handling
Environmental Disturbance and Road Traffic
Construction Activities
Construction Materials
Construction Equipment and Machinery
Road Traffic
Safety of workers
Contractors requirements in specific Areas (Marine, Wetland and Dunes
Activities)
Marine Construction
Water Activities and Traffic
Groundwater Discharge to the Marine Environment
Drawing seawater
Resources Management (Turtle, sea grasses, corals, flora and fauna)
Ecological Resources
Ecological Sensitivity
Management Guidelines for ecological resources
Post-Contract Activities and Demobilization
Environmental Compliance System
Environmental Monitoring System
Appendix I: Groundwater Discharge/Dewatering Permission
Appendix II: Drawing seawater permission
Appendix III: Guidelines for Integrated Management Action Plan for
Wetlands, Mangroves and Corals
Appendix IV: Indigenous Vegetation along Saadiyat Island
Appendix V: Environmental Management Audit Report
References

3
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
1.0 INTRODUCTION

The objective of these guidelines is to ensure that all contractors performing works
on Saadiyat Island do so in accordance with the environmental protection
regulations set out by EAD. (The environmental protection regulations are
obtainable either from EAD or TDIC Environmental Affairs Department.)

These guidelines are prepared to assist Saadiyat Island contractors, and should be
used in conjunction with all guidelines/protocols/laws/conventions as stipulated in
Overall Construction Environmental Management Plan (OCEMP), September 2006.

Contractors may also contact the TDIC Environmental Affairs Department of TDIC
if further assistance is needed. Contractors must comply with these guidelines, and
coordinate with TDIC Environment Affairs Department (Contact: Nasser Al Shaiba,
nshaiba@tdic.ae), when seeking approvals, No Objection Certificates (NOCs) and
other documents pertaining to environmental issues from the relevant department
and authorities such as Environment Affairs Department in Abu Dhabi (EAD) prior
to proceeding with work.

2.0 MATRIX OF THE CONTRACTORS GUIDELINES

These guidelines will operate within the following matrix:

4
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
3.0 Regular Practices Expected from Contractors

3.1 Prepare and Implement CEMP

The contractor is required to submit a Construction Environmental Management


Plan (CEMP), which would address all environmental concerns that may result from
the contractors specific construction activities.

The CEMP should include, but not be limited to:

A contact number of the Contractors Environmental Manager (CEM) who


would be responsible for implementing the requirements of CEMP
A list of potential environmental impacts that may occur during the
construction phase
An outline of the procedures adopted by the CEM to avoid environmental
impacts
An outline of a suitable remediation action plan in the event of a Non-
Compliance Incident resulting in site contamination
Necessary and adequate steps to prevent environmental damage and where
some adverse impacts on the environment is unavoidable, to minimize such
damage and consequent effects thereof on property and people
Adequate compensation for injury to persons or damage to property caused
by the side effects of proposed development project is ensured
the prevailing situation at the time of construction relating to the
environment, human beings and local communities, the flora and fauna in
the contract area and the adjoining or neighboring areas
The parameters appropriate to the proposed project, taking into account the
phase of operations to which the activity relates; some of these are:

Protection of habitat and natural resources


Fuel storage and handling
Liquid and solid waste disposal

5
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Protection of cultural and archaeological sites within the site
Terrain stabilization
Control of Air Quality, Noise Levels and Water Quality including
groundwater
Debris disposal
Protection of natural drainage and water flow

TDIC Environment Affairs Department will review and assess the CEMP to ensure
its compliance with TDIC Guidelines. In the event that any aspect of the CEMP
does not meet the requirements set by the Guidelines, revisions to the CEMP will
be required to achieve compliance.

3.2 Induction of CEMP

Contractors must ensure that all employees are adequately inducted and well
informed about the requirements of CEMP. The responsibility to ensure that site
activities do not cause pollution either on the land mass or in the aquatic
environment will rest with the contractor.

3.3 Uses of Safe Materials

Materials used on site must be environmentally friendly and safe; for example,
lead-free paints and asbestos-free materials are to be used instead of paints and
materials that contain toxic substances. Contractors have a duty to proactively
seek, wherever possible, safer and more environmentally friendly alternatives for
all materials used.

4.0 On Site Facilities of Contractors

4.1 Boundary Fencing

6
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
The purpose of requesting a site boundary around each contractors work site is to
eliminate any questions of liability concerning environmental, health and security
breaches that may occur due to the various work activities related to ongoing
construction on a project site. Compliance with the following guidelines is therefore
required:

4.1.1 Site Boundary

The choice of boundary fencing should take into account the surrounding land use.
For sites in remote areas away from sensitive receivers, a simple fence
demarcating the property boundary may be sufficient.

4.1.2 Contractors Site Boundary

Within a project site, all contractor activities, equipment and material storage shall
be confined to the allocated site boundary agreed upon with Saadiyat Island
Project Manager.

The site boundary shall be clearly identified with the use of either temporary walls,
marker/surveyor tape, pare web fencing, construction cones or other barrier
marking systems approved by Saadiyat Island.

Site offices, labor accommodation (where permitted), workshops, warehouses,


equipment, vehicle parking and associated contractor facilities shall all be
restricted to within the site boundary.

In cases where logistical constraints prevent a contractor from confining all


activities, structures and materials within the agreed boundary, then it should be
acknowledged by contractors that the clean-up of contamination incidents and/or
any issues of non-compliance will be a shared responsibility between all parties
using the affected parts of the site.

7
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
4.2 Construction Waste

It is the responsibility of the contractor to arrange for the collection of solid waste
from the site at a frequency specified by Saadiyat Islands Project Manager.

Waste stored on-site temporarily for collection must be covered and/or


surrounded by a screen mesh fence to prevent it from being wind-blown
across the site and into waterways.
Environmentally hazardous waste materials shall be transported and
recycled or disposed of in accordance with EAD guidelines.
It is absolutely prohibited to dispose of any waste by dumping on land or
into waterways.
Dedicated, fenced areas with easy access for vehicles shall be allocated for
the daily storage of construction debris/solid waste material prior to
disposal. Skips/garbage bins with lids shall be provided on site to enable
proper waste collection.
Industrial and construction waste including ruptured equipment, tyres, used
oil cans and drums, site disposables, etc. shall be put in special bins for
appropriate removal with other hazardous waste materials.
A record of all waste disposal activities, including location of bins, stockpiles,
name of removal contractor, waste volumes and disposal receipts shall be
maintained (filed appropriately) by the CEM.

4.3 Public Hygiene/Sanitary Facilities

Littering in any form, volume and location is prohibited. All domestic litter
should be put in designated litterbins with lids. It is absolutely prohibited to
discard litter on the road, storm water drains, or open grounds.
It is absolutely prohibited to use beaches or open ground for sanitary
purposes including bathing, defecating, urinating, cooking, washing dishes
or other items, laundry, and other activities that pose potential risks to
human health and the local ecosystem.

8
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Putrescible waste and litter shall be disposed of in designated containers.
Illegal waste dumping, including roadside dumping and burying of waste
(i.e. land filling) is prohibited.
All contractors shall supply sanitary facilities to the site including restrooms,
showers, water tanks, cold drinking water facilities and sewage waste
collection systems.
All liquid sanitary facilities shall drain to a centralized and containerized
collection system (septic tanks). Septic tanks must be inspected by the
Contractors/Project Managers HSE representative who will ensure that all
tanks are free of cracks or damage. Tanks that do not pass this inspection
must be replaced. Replacement tanks may be installed only after they are
inspected and certified by the HSE representative as being suitable.
Temporary toilet facilities are to be constructed on concrete blinding, which
is designed to drain to the septic tank. All plumbing must be inspected on a
daily basis and maintained as required to prevent leakage.
The frequency of septic waste removal must be adequate (daily if
necessary) to prevent overflow leakage of material from the septic tank(s).
Daily checks shall therefore be made to ensure zero leakage.
It is absolutely prohibited to channel sewage through a drain into the open
grounds, underground or open beaches/water bodies.
Mess halls/canteens, shall be provided for laborers on site. It is absolutely
prohibited for individuals to cook food on site outside of authorized mess
halls.
Burning any waste on-site is strictly forbidden.

4.4 Workshops and Repair Areas

4.4.1 Workshop activities

All such activities shall require prior permission from EAD.


All workshop and service activities shall be confined to the repair area within
the contractors site boundary.

9
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
All workshops should be on hardstand areas and must drain to a collection
sump. The sump must be regularly emptied with the contents to be
disposed of as hazardous waste to a designated facility.
Repairs (whether minor or major) on side roads and open ground are not
permitted. Broken-down vehicles/equipment shall be moved to the
workshop for repairs or mechanical servicing. In the event that a broken
down vehicle can not be removed, then a pan, sump or protective liner must
be used to prevent ground contamination.
Routine servicing such as on-the-job addition of oil, lubrication and refueling
shall be done only at the workshop and adequate precautions must be taken
to protect the ground from contamination resulting from accidental spills.
Activities involving chemical solutions, such as paint mixing or oil changing,
shall be conducted in locations with a sealed surface (i.e., not permeable to
the ground). Accidental leakage of such liquids is to be immediately
contained and cleaned up to prevent migration of contaminants to other
parts of the site.
The contractor must have adequate contingency measures in place (for
example - spill containment equipment appropriate for spillage on land and
in open waters), to respond in an emergency situation where accidental
spillage of hazardous liquids occurs.
In the case of any contamination event, such as the spillage of hazardous
liquids, the EAD must be notified as soon as possible, and the event must be
documented in accordance with the Environmental Compliance Procedure.
All possible precautions shall be taken to limit the discharge of volatile
substances, fumes and dust/grit suspension into the open air during
painting or blasting. Wherever possible, such works are to be carried out
within an enclosed and ventilated area.
Water containing suspended materials, dangerous waste or volatile
materials, such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner shall not be pumped,
or disposed of, or allowed to drain into the storm water drains, sewers, or
waterways.

10
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
4.5 Material Storage and Handling

The storage of diesel, oil, paint, thinners and other chemicals that pose
potential environmental hazards are to be kept to minimum quantities.
Such materials should be stored in a manner that prevents any potential
environmental/safety risks as per the relevant Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) and EAD requirements.
All liquid waste must be temporarily stored in special facilities (bunded
areas, pits or tanks) on-site. Liquid waste facilities shall be routinely
inspected to ensure no leakage is taking place. All bunds must have a
minimum capacity equivalent to 110% of the volume of the liquids that they
contain.
Timely and appropriate collection of liquid waste for off site removal is the
responsibility of the contractor. Records of waste disposal must be kept by
the CEM.
Any leaking containers or drums shall be removed immediately from the site
and appropriate remediation measures should be undertaken on resulting
contaminated areas.
An up to date register of all potentially hazardous materials must be kept at
the storage facility. The register must include material types, quantities,
storage methods, storage locations and accompanying Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDSs). The maintenance of the register is the responsibility of the
CEM.
Clean-up equipment and procedures must be clearly displayed in material
storage areas, with nominated, trained personnel responsible for equipment
maintenance and use.

4.6 Environmental Disturbance and Road Traffic

4.6.1. Construction Activities

11
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
All construction works are to be carried out in such a way so as to minimize
disturbance to the environment and in a manner consistent with the EMP and the
Contractors work procedure. Contractors shall comply with relevant EHS
construction requirements and relevant environmental legislation. It will be the
responsibility of each contractor to initiate procedures to prevent pollution, which
could arise from their operations and endeavor to reduce the impact upon the
environment through continuous improvement in performance.
Documented efforts to minimize resource consumption and waste generation will
be considered for positive performance points for the contractor.
Appropriate measures shall be implemented during earthworks, stockpiling,
concreting, bitumen application and other construction works to suppress dust,
prevent toxic fumes and abate noise.
All contractors shall provide noise attenuation screens on heavy plant, equipment
and around work areas, where appropriate.
All deliveries to the site are to be scheduled so that disruption to local amenity and
traffic is minimal.

4.6.2 Construction Materials

Environmentally conscious choices are highly encouraged when selecting


building materials. Materials and technologies that minimize adverse
environmental impacts and reduce power consumption are recommended.
Documented evidence of environmentally conscious materials selections will
be considered for positive performance points.
All hazardous materials, whether temporary or permanent, shall be suitable
for the intended use and be safely installed in strict conformance with the
manufacturer's instructions. All site deliveries of hazardous materials must
include the relevant MSDSs, which must be maintained within the
contractors on-site documentation system and be visibly displayed at the
material storage area at all times.

12
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Works that involve on-site filling with material other than virgin excavated
natural material require fill validation testing to document that all filling
materials are free of contamination and approval by Saadiyat Island.
Contractor shall clean up the area after completion of his work by removing
all unused materials, scaffolding etc, provided by him. All scrap materials
shall be removed to yard, after weightment. Contractor shall remove daily,
after all waste materials and shall not permit debris to accumulate except in
area earmarked for this purpose.
The contractor shall maintain continuous supervision by qualified and
experienced persons on the job. The contractors site in-charge shall be
available on site at all times so that the Engineer In-charge may give
necessary instructions/advice to contractor. The contractor shall prepare
and submit a CPM/Bar chart on the basis of completion time as specified by
Engineer In-charge and clearly indicate completion time of different
activities, which will be scrupulously followed.
The contractor shall at all times protect adjacent equipments or other
property and shall clean up or repair any damage caused through the failure
of his protective measures. Extreme care shall be taken regarding this, since
the working place will be an operational area.

4.7 Construction Equipment and Machinery

All equipment and machinery shall be well maintained and kept in good
working condition at all times to ensure safe operation with minimal fume
emissions and operation noise.
Equipment and machinery should be operated by trained and experienced
operators (operators certification to be shown on request), in an efficient
manner and in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
Unnecessary idling, revving or inappropriate use of equipment is prohibited.
Post operation cleaning of all machines and heavy equipment such as
concrete mixers, truck washing, etc. shall be undertaken within a specified

13
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
washing area that is bunded and paved to prevent ground or marine
pollution.
Facilities requiring wash/process wastewater disposal shall require a permit
from Saadiyat Island.

4.7.1 Road Traffic

All traffic shall be kept to designated roads.


Roads shall be wetted to suppress dust, as required. Water used for dust
suppression must not pose a health or environmental risk.
The maximum allowable speed limit is 40km/hr, unless otherwise advised.
This speed must be adhered to, in order to minimize the risk of accidents,
road surface disturbance, dust and fine particle suspension in the air.

4.7.2 Safety of workers

The contractor shall obtain clearance from the safety officer of the
respective area before any work commences on site and should abide by all
safety regulations.
Contractors workmen must wear safety apparatus e.g., helmet, gas-masks,
safety belts etc., while working.
All tools, tackles machinery etc, used by the contractor shall be in safe
working condition and shall be certified by the competent authority as per
statutory requirements, and any damaged/ unsuitable tools & tackles must
be removed from the site.
The contractor shall submit the names, permanent & present
addresses/age/qualifications, experience & passport size photograph of all
employees/workers to be placed at working site.

14
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
5.0 Contractors requirements in specific Areas (Marine, Wetland and Dune
Zones)
5.1 Marine Construction

Utmost precautions shall be taken to safeguard marine life and protect


coastal developments.
Siltation generated by construction activities shall be confined using floating
booms and silt curtains.
Any scum generated through reclamation should be skimmed as required to
eliminate the possibility of migration to surrounding waters.

5.2 Water Activities and Traffic

Marine traffic shall be limited to the minimum necessary.


Use of all boats, transport barges, winch barges, etc., shall take place in a
manner that causes minimal disturbance to the waters and minimal damage
to the marine ecosystem.
Recreational boating is prohibited in the vicinity of any beaches associated
with Saadiyat Island marine development sites.
Scuba diving and snorkeling for any reason other than contractual
inspection is also prohibited.
Fishing by all means (fishing rods, fishing nets, spear fishing, etc.) is
absolutely prohibited on marine development sites.
In the case of marine traffic Operating Procedures are excluded in these
guidelines.

5.3 Groundwater Discharge to the Marine Environment

Contractors are advised that the following procedure supersedes all previous
instructions with regards to obtaining approvals for Water Discharge to the
Marine Environment:

15
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
The discharge of any liquids into the open water should only be done with TDIC
approval. Contractors who need to temporarily dispose groundwater during
construction works, and/or dewatering discharge into open marine waters or any
off-site locations must seek the approval of the TDIC Environmental Affairs
Department prior to the establishment of the discharge point. Discharge
applications can be filled by the contractors CEM or Project Manager (Appendix I).

Discharge applications must include a laboratory analytical report of dewatering


water samples.
All discharge must be equipped with a sampling point to provide access so that
representative samples of the water being discharged may be obtained.

One discharge water sample must be collected and laboratory tested each month
for the duration of the discharge period and weekly water quality results must be
submitted to the Project Manager for review. These results are required to confirm
that discharge water quality is consistently within the Water Quality Thresholds
listed in Table 1.

TABLE 1: CHARACTERISTICS OF TREATED WASTEWATER AT POINT OF


DISCHARGE INTO THE SEA (Ref. EAD)

PARAMETER UNIT SUGGESTED


LIMIT
Physical Properties
Total Suspended Solids mg/l 50
Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1500
pH pH units 6-9
Floating Particles mg/m2 None
0
Temperature C 5
Turbidity NTU 75
Inorganic Chemicals
Ammonia Total as (N) mg/l 2
Nitrate mg/l 40
Chlorine Residual mg/l 1
Cyanide mg/l 0.05
Dissolved Oxygen mg/l >3

16
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
PARAMETER UNIT SUGGESTED
LIMIT
Fluoride mg/l 20
Sulphide mg/l 0.1
BOD mg/l 50
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/l 10
Total Phosphorous (as P) mg/l 2
COD mg/l 100
TRACE METALS
Aluminium mg/l 20
Antimony mg/l 0.1
Arsenic mg/l 0.05
Barium mg/l 2
Beryllium mg/l 0.05
Cadmium mg/l 0.05
Chromium, total mg/l 0.2
Chromium VI mg/l 0.15
Cobalt mg/l 0.2
Copper mg/l 0.5
Iron mg/l 2
Lead mg/l 0.1
Manganese mg/l 0.2
Mercury mg/l 0.001
Nickel mg/l 0.1
Selenium mg/l 0.02
Silver mg/l 0.005
Zinc mg/l 0.5

Organic Chemicals
Halogenated Hydrocarbons and mg/l Nil
Pesticides
Hydrocarbons mg/l 15
Oil and Grease mg/l 10
Phenols mg/l 0.1
Solvent mg/l None
Total Organic Carbon mg/l 75
Biological Properties
Total Coliforms MPN/100ml 1000

17
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
All dewatering waters must be visually monitored on a regular basis. It is the duty
of the CEM to inform the Project Manager in case of changes to water color, or
odors.

The following substances are prohibited for discharge into the water:
pesticides and herbicides,
oil and/or solvent waste,
radioactive waste, and
residue from the removal of TBT (Tri-Butyl Tin) anti-fouling paints.

All contractors must comply with the groundwater discharge permit in coordination
with TDIC Environment Affairs Department and obtain necessary permission. After
receiving a Permit for discharge, all discharge points to the water environment
must be in accordance with Groundwater Discharge Conditions (Appendix I).

5.4 Drawing seawater

5.4.1 Drawing seawater permission


All contractors must obtain permission from the TDIC Environmental Affairs
Department for drawing seawater. They should comply with the conditions as
specified in Appendix II.

TABLE 2: NOISE EMISSION LIMIT VALUES (Ref. EAD)

ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR


NOISE LEVEL (dB)*
AREA Day Night
(7 a.m. (8 p.m. -
8 p.m.) 7 a.m.)
Residential Areas with Light
40 50 30 40
Traffic
Residential Areas in the
45 55 35 45
Downtown

18
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR
NOISE LEVEL (dB)*
AREA Day Night
(7 a.m. (8 p.m. -
8 p.m.) 7 a.m.)
Residential Areas which include
some workshops and
commercial business or 50 60 40 50
residential areas near the
highways
Commercial Areas and
55 65 45 55
Downtown
Industrial Areas (Heavy Industry) 60 70 50 60
Exposure time for certain level of noise (hour)

Air Quality Standards EAD


Pollutant EAD Limits for 1 hour EAD Limits for 24 hours
(g/m) (g/m)
SO2 350 150
O3 200 120
(8 hourly Limit)
PM10 - 70
NO2 400 150

5.5 ECOLOGICAL Resource Management

5.5.1 Ecological Resources (Fauna and Flora)

The following resources of ecological significance have been identified on Saadiyat


Island:

Healthy coral communities in low densities at some stations towards the


north.

More abundant and diverse fish communities close to the hard-substrate


stations.

Non-reef coral species at a few locations.

19
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Presence of one species of marine mammal, namely the Indo-Pacific
humpback dolphin. Previous surveys from the region have recorded the
presence of several other species of cetaceans, including the Indo-Pacific
bottlenose dolphin and the long-beaked common dolphin.

The sighting of hawksbill and green turtles.

A total of 760 macrofaunal individuals of 94 species dominated by annelids


(polychaete worms of 23 families).

5.5.2 Ecological Sensitivity

Based on the detailed report on the above environmental baseline surveys, in


terms of its terrestrial ecological resources, no community on Saadiyat was
considered to have a good level of floristic diversity. Similarly, terrestrial faunal
species identified in the area are considered to be typical and relatively
unremarkable.

In terms of intertidal ecology, the identified invertebrate fauna is considered


typical and relatively unremarkable. Apart from polychaetes, invertebrate faunal
diversity is not considered to be particularly high while bivalves are dominated by
only one species.

The majority of the mangrove areas on the island are considered to be less than
20 years old with the mollusc community not considered to be of any special
interest. It contains the gastropods and crabs which are all common species that
would be expected to occur in such a habitat. Since none of the mangrove bushes
on Saadiyat Island are old or very large, the breeding bird population was found to
be limited.

The bird life of the mangrove areas including migrant birds was found to be fairly
typical of mangrove stands in the Abu Dhabi Emirate. It is understood that many
more species would pass through the site during the course of the year.

The marine ecological survey yielded more valuable ecological resources such as
dense seagrass cover, live coral cover, sightings of marine turtles and humpback
dolphin.

Sensitive areas on Saadiyat Island are those associated with the presence/sighting
of the following sensitive ecological resources as shown in Figure 1:

Seagrass Cover
Marine Turtles
Humpback Dolphin
Diverse Marine Fauna
Diverse Fish Species
Mangrove Stands

20
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Diverse Marine Intertidal Fauna
Coral Reefs
Birds Community (breeding and migrant)

Primary sensitive areas were those with sightings of Green Turtle, Humpback
Dolphins, various mangrove stands and live coral cover with or without the
combination of diverse marine fauna, fish species and intertidal fauna.

Secondary sensitive areas were those with variable seagrass cover and mangrove
stands.

5.5.3 Management Guidelines for Ecological Resources

General guidelines of wetland, corals and mangroves are given in Appendix III. A
description of vegetation and turtle nesting sites is given in Appendix IV.

5.5.4 RESOURCE PROTECTION MEASURES

5.5.4.1 Fauna Environmental Management Plan

Objectives and Targets To prevent impact from construction


activities on fauna
Actions Minimize areas of disturbance
Identify areas that are not to be
disturbed for conservation reasons
and ensure that staff and
contractors are aware of
restrictions.
Relocate fauna of conservation
significance if found on the
construction site.
Identify and target key fauna species for
recolonisation of rehabilitated areas
where appropriate.

21
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Maintain a buffer zone of at least 50
m adjacent to swamps, wetlands,
mangroves, creeks to prevent any
potentially negative impacts of
excavation/construction upon these
habitats.
Special care shall be taken during
construction with regard to noise
and dust pollution, which should be
minimized.
Lighting causes significant disturbance to
birds; therefore special care shall be
taken to prevent obtrusive lighting
particularly during night
construction. The contractor shall
ensure that light does not have an
adverse impact on migratory birds sites.
Extreme care and mitigation
measures are required during
excavation, transportation and
ejection of the sediment

Vehicles, machinery and heavy


equipment are forbidden in the
intertidal zone
Measures should be taken for the
protection of natural resources, including
wetland, fish and shellfish and their
habitat
Excavation material on trucks shall
be covered by tarpaulin

22
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Monitoring Fauna monitoring program

Corrective Actions All incidents should be reported to TDIC via the


Project Manager.

Sightings of dead animals such as turtles,


dolphins, fish or other animals should be
reported to TDIC Environment Affairs. Contact:
nshaiba@tdic.ae for further action.

5.5.4.2 Turtles Environmental Management Plan


Objectives and Targets To prevent impact from construction
activities on sea turtles behaviour on
beaches
Actions Access to turtle nesting beaches will
be restricted to sea turtle
monitoring activities only.

A buffer zone will be used to provide


a physical barrier between the
proposed construction operations and
the sea turtle nesting beach.

To minimize impacts, wherever


possible, orange and red lights or
yellow low pressure sodium vapor
lamps should be used for external
lighting, except where safety
considerations require other lights.

Where white and other colored lights,


including fluorescent lights are used, the
light spill should be reduced by either

23
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
shades or orientation. There will be
minimal light visible from the beach
where the sea turtles nest (especially
during Apr-July). No lights should face
seawards except for those required for
safe operation of the construction site.
Shades should be constructed over
lights to prevent sky glow.

Lights should be oriented as close to the


ground as possible. Pathway lights
should be less than one meter in height
and shaded to prevent upward
illumination. Preference will be given to
manually operated switches that enable
selected parts of the construction site
and the camp site to be illuminated
separately.
During the nesting season (April July),
the beach should be patrolled by one or
two people trained to collect data.
Determination of nesting and emergence
success to quantify the input and out put
of the incubation environment. In the
short-term, eggs should be left in situ
and monitored, unless there is a clear
threat to their incubation. Each nest
should be monitored for incubation
conditions and hatching success; the
hatchlings should be allowed to leave
the beach without interruption

24
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Monitoring Sea turtle monitoring program should be
continuously carried out during the
construction phase.

Corrective Actions All incidents should be reported to TDIC via the


Project Manager

5.5.4.3 Flora Environmental Management Plan

Objectives and Targets To prevent impact from construction activities


on flora, including sea grasses
Actions Minimize areas of disturbance

Establish program for identifying listed


annual species that could possibly occur
within the proposed areas

Identify areas that are not to be


disturbed for conservation reasons and
ensure that staff and contractors are
aware of restrictions.

Reinstate soil and vegetation within one


season to maximize chances of re-
colonization

Identify and target key flora species for


revegetation and seeding programs.

Maintain a buffer zone of at least 50 m


adjacent to swamps, wetlands,
mangroves and creeks to prevent any
potentially negative impacts of
excavacation/construction upon these
habitats.

Methods to reduce and manage impacts


on sea grasses which may be directly or
indirectly affected by any activity
include, but are not limited to:

25
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
i safeguards to minimize turbidity and
sedimentation, including channeling
supernatant waters from beach
nourishment works to areas where sea
grasses are not established;

ii techniques for locating the dredge in


areas which limits disturbance to sea
grasses

Monitoring Pre and post construction vegetation/


seagrass monitoring program.

Corrective Actions All incidents should be reported to TDIC via the


Project Manager

5.6 Post-Contract Activities and Demobilization

Final hand over approval of completed construction activities and contractor


demobilization shall be subject to certification of environmental compliance.
Certification shall be based on a field assessment carried out by an expert team
and/or recommendation by Saadiyat Island Project Management Team/TDIC
Environment Affairs Department. The Contractor may be required, at their
expense, to carry out a series of remediation activities to mitigate adverse impacts
before hand over approval is granted.

6.0 Environmental Compliance System

Each contractor shall appoint one single point of contact to be referred to as the
CEM (CEM). The role of the CEM will be to liaise directly with the Project Manager
of Saadiyat Island and TDIC Environment Affairs Department.

26
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
The CEM will be the contractors facilitator with respect to all environmental
matters and must have sufficient environmental expertise and communication
skills. In the absence of an CEM, the contractors Resident Engineer or Site
Manager shall assume this responsibility, subject to appropriate training. This
reporting structure is shown graphically in Illustration 1.

Illustration 1: Environmental Reporting Structure


Senior Owners Representative-Saadiyat Island-TDIC

Environmental Affairs Director-TDIC

Environmental Manager-TDIC External Auditor

Project Manager (Environmental/Construction Representative)

CEM (Contractor)
Each Contractor must appoint an Environment Protection Officer (CEM)

Where no formal environmental reporting system is in place, the CEM will be


responsible for monitoring and maintaining appropriate work practices in
accordance with the Environmental Management Guidelines relevant to the
project. The CEMs duties shall include, but will not be limited to the following:

Guide, train and assess all site personnel on appropriate environmental


management practices, particularly emphasizing compliance with EMP with
regards to what is permissible work practice.

Conduct routine (daily) work site inspections (self audits) to assess


compliance with EMP. A daily inspection form is to be completed by the
CEM and filed in the Contractors internal records system for Saadiyat Island

27
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
audit purposes. A sample template of the daily inspection form is included
as Appendix V. Contractors may use their own templates if so desired.

The CEM must document all Non-Compliance events (NCE) including details
of the corrective action taken. A specific NCE form is to be completed by the
CEM for each major non-compliance event and to be faxed to the Project
Manager as quickly as possible.

Initiate and co-ordinate corrective (remedial) action as quickly as possible


after the incident to minimize the potential for environmental impacts.

Prepare a weekly self-audit log book, which outlines the contractors


environmental compliance with the contractors EMP.

Remain on call (keep mobile telephone on) to answer questions from the ER
and attend to emergency calls.

7.0 Environmental Monitoring System


TDIC is committed to conduct monitoring programs on Saadiyat Island as per the
requirements of EAD. Following is a brief outline of monitoring elements.

-Air Quality
-Water Quality
-Groundwater Dewatering
-Noise
-Mangroves, Seagrasses, Corals, Dolphins
-Ecology
-Turtle

Monitoring programs and parameters will be decided in specific EMPs in


coordination with EAD and TDIC. Environmental monitoring will be carried out on

28
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
the basis of standards set by EAD (Table No. 2 & Table No. 3) / TDIC (Appendix
VI). Indicative monitoring stations are shown in Illustration 2.

Source: TDIC

29
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Illustration 2: Monitoring Program of TDIC

7.1

TABLE 2: NOISE EMISSION LIMIT VALUES (Ref. EAD)

ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR


NOISE LEVEL (dB)*
AREA Day Night
(7 a.m. (8 p.m. -
8 p.m.) 7 a.m.)
Residential Areas with Light
40 50 30 40
Traffic
Residential Areas in the
45 55 35 45
Downtown

30
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
ALLOWABLE LIMITS FOR
NOISE LEVEL (dB)*
AREA Day Night
(7 a.m. (8 p.m. -
8 p.m.) 7 a.m.)
Residential Areas which include
some workshops and
commercial business or 50 60 40 50
residential areas near the
highways
Commercial Areas and
55 65 45 55
Downtown
Industrial Areas (Heavy Industry) 60 70 50 60
Exposure time for certain level of noise (hour)

Table 3: Air Quality Standards (EAD)

Pollutant EAD Limits for 1 hour EAD Limits for 24 hours


(g/m) (g/m)
SO2 350 150
O3 200 120
(8 hourly Limit)
PM10 - 70
NO2 400 150

31
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Appendix I: Groundwater Discharge/Dewatering Permission

32
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Groundwater Discharge/Dewatering Permission

Reference: _________________________
Date______________
To_______________________________________________________________
________________________

With reference to your application dated__________________, this is to inform


you that TDIC Environment has No Objection in temporarily discharging ground
water to the ________________ subject to strict compliance with the following
conditions

CONDITIONS
I. The subject permit is to discharge ground water sourced during the excavation
works for Contract _______________

II. The no. of pipes permitted to the sea shall be one only for discharging the
ground water to a location as demarcated by ___________________ in your
drawing No ______________. The permit holder is also advised to contact
___________________________for further necessary guidelines.

III.The volume of ground water permitted to discharge shall not exceed


__________________ cubic meter per hrs or ___________ cubic meter per
day.

IV. The ground water shall be passed through a double sand trap of adequate
capacity prior to its discharge to the sea area.

V. Operation of the pumps shall not result in excessive smoke emissions and
objectionable noise levels. All pumps shall be properly maintained at all times
to prevent any leakages of oil.

VI. The discharge end of the pipes shall be located well below (-1 meter) the
lowest low tide level.

VII. The discharge pipe shall be kept underground when crossing to the beach
area.

VIII. The discharge end of the pipe shall be embedded into a stone boulder
gabion of suitable size to prevent direct scouring of the seabed.

XI. The company shall ensure that the hose used for discharge is laid in
accordance with the best safety practices without affecting the aesthetic view
of the area.

33
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
X. Storage of any materials, littering dumping of any wastes etc. is strictly
prohibited. The whole site shall be kept clean and tidy at all times.

XI. Discharges of water/wastewater from any other source other than mentioned
in condition no. 1 are strictly prohibited.

XII. A placard with following information shall be displayed at the site legibly in
Arabic and English. A label containing this information shall be stuck to the
pump as well.
(i) Name of the Company (Permitted), (ii) Contact person and phone no. (iii)
Principal contractor and project name (iv) Completion date.

XIII. On completion, the area shall be cleaned to the background levels. It shall
be absolutely free from any surplus materials or remnants that could affect the
beneficial uses of that segment of land and water environment.

XIV. The permit holder shall submit the quarterly analysis report of ground water
quality to the ________ to the following parameters.
pH, Salinity, Turbidity, Suspended solids, Nitrate-Nitrogen, Sulphides, BOD,
COD, Phosphate-Phosphorous, Ammonia, Hydrocarbons, Cu, Pb, Cd, Ni, Co
and Zn.

The validity of this permit shall cease with effect from


________________________________________

The observance of all the conditions stipulated above is the entire responsibility of
the Permit holder. Any breach of these statutory conditions or the Environmental
Protection Regulations shall result in fines and / or cancellation of the Permit.
Approved by

Environmental Compliance Report (Internal use only)

During inspection, the following non-compliance was noticed on your premises


Inspection Number: _______________________________

I
________________________________________________________________
_______
II
________________________________________________________________
_______

34
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
III
________________________________________________________________
_______
IV
________________________________________________________________
_______
V
________________________________________________________________
_______
VI
________________________________________________________________
_______
VII
________________________________________________________________
_______
VIII
________________________________________________________________
_______
IX
________________________________________________________________
_______
X
________________________________________________________________
_______
XI
________________________________________________________________
_______ Officer/ Inspector /Auditor _______________________
XII
________________________________________________________________
_______ Signature____________________________
XIII
________________________________________________________________
_______ Date_________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________

35
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Appendix II: Permission to Draw Seawater

36
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Permission to Draw Seawater

Reference: _________________________
Date______________

To________________________________________________________________
_________________

With reference to your application dated_________ this is to inform you that the
TDIC has no objection in temporarily permitting your company to draw seawater
from _______________ subject to the conditions stipulated below:

CONDITIONS

I. Environmental Affairs may at any time vary the conditions of this permit.

II. The subject permit is issued to draw seawater for the Project _________________
Contract_____________ only. Usage of seawater for any application other than mentioned
above is strictly prohibited.

III. The site / location permitted for drawing the seawater shall be that demarcated by the
Environment Officer/Inspector/Auditor.

IV. The no. of pumps permitted for the purpose is ______only to draw a quantity of ______ cubic
meters per day.

V. The pump shall be installed properly on an engineeringly sound foundation. Operation of the
pump shall not result in objectionable noise levels (>55 db). The pump shall be properly
maintained to prevent any leakages of oil or water.

VI. Any operation or activity at the site shall not result in contamination of land or ground water.

VII. The company shall ensure/adopt best practices to ensure maximum utility of the water and to
avoid the formation of pools/ Sabhka at the site.

VIII. Littering/dumping of any wastes etc. in the site is strictly prohibited. The whole site shall be
kept clean and tidy at all times.

IX. The tanker nos. permitted for drawing water is given below.

Tanker Details/Company Name Number plate

X. Warning signs prohibiting contamination of land and ground water along with following
information shall be displayed at the well site legibly in Arabic and English.

XI. (i) Name of the Company (Permitted) (ii) Contact person and phone no.
(iii)Principal project name (iv) Completion date

XII. The permit allotted shall not be transferred to a third party without prior approval from
the TDIC.

XIII. The validity of this permit shall cease with effect from_________________

The observance of all the conditions stipulated above is the entire responsibility of
the Permit holder. Any breach of these statutory conditions or the Environmental
Protection Regulations shall result in fines and / or cancellation of the Permit.

37
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Remarks:

Environmental Compliance Report (Internal use only)

While inspection, following non-compliance is noticed in your premises


Inspection Number: _______________________________

I
________________________________________________________________
_______
II
________________________________________________________________
_______
III
________________________________________________________________
_______
IV
________________________________________________________________
_______
V
________________________________________________________________
_______
VI
________________________________________________________________
_______
VII
________________________________________________________________
_______
VIII
________________________________________________________________
_______
IX
________________________________________________________________
_______
X
________________________________________________________________
_______
XI
________________________________________________________________
_______ Officer/ Inspector /Auditor _______________________

38
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
________________________________________________________________
_______ Signature____________________________
________________________________________________________________
_______ Date_________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________

39
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Appendix III: GUIDELINES FOR AN INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT ACTION
PLAN FOR THE WETLANDS, MANGROVES AND CORALS

40
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
GUIDELINES FOR AN INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT ACTION PLAN FOR THE
WETLANDS, MANGROVES AND CORALS

Introduction

Wetlands, mangroves and corals are dynamic systems open to influence from
natural and human factors. In order to maintain their biodiversity and productivity
and to allow wise use of their resources, an overall agreed in regard to various
sectors involved for their management. The management planning process
provides this overall agreement.

The main components of the management action plan are briefly mentioned as
under:

Description of the site

- This is a basic description of the site, using available information from


all the sources as far as possible. This information should include:
- Location, area and altitude.
- Geology and climatic features.
- Land use pattern in the catchments including vegetation, human
settlements etc.
- Sources of inflow and outflow of water in quantitatively terms.
- Flora including distribution of macrophytes, plankton etc.
- Fauna including details of major animal groups like birds, fishes,
reptiles, mammals. Details regarding invertebrate fauna should also
be included.
- Population/families directly dependent on wetland resources.
- Cultural and indigenous practices of wetland resource utilization.
- Existing conservation measures taken.

Problems/threats

- This should include main threats to the wetlands, mangroves and


coral reefs. Some of the problems confronting wetlands, mangroves
are:
- Denudation of catchment area leading to siltation.
- Prolific growth of obnoxious aquatic weeds.
- Conversion of wetland areas urban development etc.
- Decrease in biological diversity particularly endemic and endangered
species.
- Deterioration of water quality.

41
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
- Decrease in resident and migratory bird population, fish and other
faunal diversity.

Management objectives

Short-term objectives

- Short- term objectives refer to the immediate problems confronting


the wetlands, mangroves and corals which could be taken up on
priority basis for conservation.

Long-term objectives

- This should include long-term objectives of the project for


conservation of wetland, mangrove and corals. The objectives should
be defined taking into consideration all the factors responsible for
degradation of the wetland/mangrove area.

Strategies for achieving the objectives

Management action plan

- Strategies for (i) short-term objectives and (ii) long-term objectives


should lead to the formulation of integrated management action plan.
Action plan should bring out a detailed work plan for a period of five
years for implementation of management action plan to achieve the
conservation objectives. A tentative list of actions required for
wetlands, mangroves and corals are briefly given as under for
illustrative purposes.

Protection measures

- Survey and demarcation.


- Fencing.
- Trenching.

42
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Watershed management

- Vegetative contour bonding


- Periphery bonding
- Stream bank erosion control.
- Afforestation in the catchment area
- Raising of nurseries
- Propagation of plant material.
- Water harvesting structures

Restoration measures

- Maintenance of biological diversity


- Rehabilitation of endangered and endemic species
- Enhancing bird diversity
- Nursery & plantation

Hydrological measures

- Maintenance and appropriate action for conservation of hydrological


features of the area

Pollution control/measures

Socio-economic development through community participation

Monitoring and evaluation

- Parameters for monitoring to be identified and frequency of


observations to be stated with justification.
- Patrolling and surveillance.

Publication awareness and education

Organizing training programs

Publication of brochure/posters

43
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Clean medium to fine Bedrock & rubble w/ percentage cover of live
Fine sand and silt veneer over Clean medium to fine sand with scattered seagrass patches
Fine sand and silt with seagrass Fine sand with variable seagrass
Bedrock & rubble w/ little epifauna/ no

Figure 1: Ecologically Sensitive Zones around Saadiyat Island


44
th
Date of Issue: 15 May 2008
Appendix IV :Indigenous Vegetation on Saadiyat Island

45
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Indigenous Vegetation on Saadiyat Island

46
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Turtle nesting sites

Distribution of hawksbill turtle nests (red symbols) and tracks (brown symbols)
found on Saadiyat Island. Yellow spots represent the extent of the monitored area.

47
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Mangroves
Threats
This process of flushing' has important implications on the physical, chemical and
biological condition of coastal waterways. The efficiency of flushing is very
sensitive to changes in the areas where water depth are very shallow.

Alteration to the hydrodynamics of coastal waterways due to anthropogenic


activities such as road developments within the tidally undulated area is likely affect
the rate and magnitude of tidal-flushing and tidal range within the coastal
waterway.

Changes to natural timing and magnitude of tidal influence due to modified


entrance conditions can have multiple affects on the physical, chemical and
biological characteristics of the waterways includes:

Changes in tidal range, mean water levels, and current speeds within the
waterway;
Shoreline alteration due to changes in sediment transport regimes;
Redistribution of tidal and shallow water habitats e.g. mangroves, salt
marshes and intertidal flats;
Redistribution of aquatic biota and changes to the diversity and abundance of
aquatic biota and assemblages;
Alteration to estuarine water chemistry such as salinity, dissolved oxygen,
turbidity, and nutrients;
Changes in connectivity between a catchment and the sea affecting fish life
cycles.

48
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Solution: Routine monitoring of wetland

49
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Appendix V: Environmental Management Audit Report

50
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Environmental Management Audit Report

Environmental Management Form No.:


Company/Area: Audit Report

Site
Area/procedure audited: Audit Leader

51
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
NONE
Date: Employee(s) interviewed:

Purpose of audit:

Description of non-compliance

1
How many check-lists are enclosed:

Not applicable
How many non-compliance and correction reports are enclosed:

Corrections:

Signed/date:

Audit leader Responsible Director

52
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
To be filled in by environmental manager: Correction reports enclosed which have been satisfactorily

completed: Signed/date:

Guidelines to Maintain Marine Water Quality for Recreational Amenity

TDIC is committed to provide best environmental quality to its tenants and


residents in their properties

Marine water quality guidelines are necessary to protect waters for recreational
activities such as swimming, surfing, diving, boating and visual aesthetic
appearance.

Marine water quality guidelines are used in the monitoring and management of a
range of microbiological, physical, chemical, biological characteristics that
determine the suitability of a water resource for the recreational purposes.

Recreational guidelines accommodate two categories of sporting activity:

Sports in which the user comes into the frequent contact with water,
either as part of the activity or accidentally- example: swimming, surfing,
diving etc.

Sports that generally have less frequent body contact with the water,
example - boating or fishing.

Third recreations concerns are the passive recreational use of water bodies -
example visual aesthetic appearance (no body contact).

The relevance of the different marine water quality guidelines to the three
recreational categories is given in Table 1, while the water quality objectives for
recreation amenity are given in Table 2.

53
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Table 1: Marine water quality characteristics relevant to recreational use

Characteristics Primary Secondar Visual


Contact y Contact
(Swimmin (Boating)
g)
Microbiological guidelines -
Nuisance organisms (e.g.
algae)
Physical and chemical
guidelines:
Aesthetics
Clarity
Colour
pH - -
Temperature - -
Toxic chemicals -
Oil debris

54
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
PARAMETERS Water Quality
Unit
Objectives
Visual clarity Should not reduce by
more than 20%
200 mm diameter black
disc should exceed 1.6
meter

Objectives for Recreation Amenity

55
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
O
Temperature C 15-35 and 2 OC from the
ambient
pH 1pH from the ambient
level
Turbidity NTU 5-10
Total Nitrogen g/L 120
Total Phosphorous g/L 25
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) mg/L > 5 (or > 90% saturation)
Suspended Solids mg/L 10
Chlorine- total residual mg/L 0.01
Surfactants mg/L 0.02
TRACE METALS
Aluminium mg/L 0.2
Arsenic mg/L 0.01
Cadmium mg/L 0.003
Total Chromium mg/L 0.01
Copper g/L 0.005
Lead g/L 0.1
Zinc g/L 0.02
BACTERIOLOGICAL
MPN/100
Fecal Coliforms 100
mL
MPN/100
Pseudomaonas Nil
mL
MPN/100
Salmonella Nil
mL
MPN/100
Entrococci bacteria 35
mL
Pesticides
Chlorpyrifos g/L 0.009
Biological Indicators
Macrophytes,
phytoplankton scums,
filamentous algal mats,
sewage fungus, leeches
etc. should not be present
Nuisance organisms
Cells/mL in excessive amount
(Filamentous Algae)
Direct contact activities
should be discouraged if
algal level of
15,000-20,000 cells/ml
are present

56
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
Frequency of Algal Blooms
no change from natural
Algal blooms conditions; and
Bioaccumulation of
-
contaminants (especially
organic compounds)no
change from natural
condition
Oil and grease
Oils and petrochemicals
should not be noticeable
Surface films and debris as a visible film on the
water, nor should they be
detectable by odour.
Waters should be free
from floating debris and
litter.
Aromatic Petroleum
mg/L 0.001
hydrocarbons

57
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
References

1. Saadiyat Island Turtle Nesting Assessment- report prepared for TDIC by J.D.
Miller, R. A. Loughland, J.P. Valdez, E. Llenarez, and P. Pandi, Centre of
Environmental Research Emirates Heritage Club, Abu Dhabi

2. EIA phase I Saadiyat Isalnd- REPORT prepared by DOME international Abu Dhabi
January 2006

3. Dubai Municipality (2003) Marine Water Quality Objectives for Sea and Coastal
Zone, in Environmental Standards and Allowable Limits of Pollutants on Land and
Water and Air Environment, Dubai Municipality Information Bulletin, April 2003.

4. ANZECC (2000) Australian & New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and Marine
Water Quality.

58
Date of Issue: 15th May 2008
SAADIYAT ISLAND RESORT Technical Specifications
ABU DHABI, UAE Division 2 : Site Instruction
Annex 4 Hoarding Guidelines

ANNEX 4 Hoarding Guidelines

Annex 4 Hoarding Guidelines Page 1 of 1 Date: 23/01/2014


Saadiyat Island Hoarding
Guidelines

Date of Issue: 20th May 2008


Overview

Saadiyat island will have numerous plots


sold which will be developed by key
partners
A universal guideline has been developed
to ensure consistency for all partner
hoarding executions
The artwork allows for TDIC
TDIC, developers
and operators to have strong visibility and
allows for developers identity to come
through.

2
TDIC Hoarding Example 1Eastern Mangrove

18 6 m
18.6

3m

1,285m

3
TDIC Hoarding Example 1Eastern Mangrove

4
TDIC Hoarding Example 2 Park Rotana

5
TDIC Hoarding Example 2 Park Rotana

6
Saadiyat Island Design Guidelines Rules

1. Same template is to be used on Saadiyat for all


development projects as TDIC
2 Main
2. M i colourl tto change
h d
depending
di on th
the developers
d l
primary corporate colour
3. Logos can include both the developers and the
operator. TDIC logo only required if they are the
developer
4 Minimum of x2 renderings required for image and
4.
also illustrative image. These executions should be
completed by a recommended advertising agency
(details attached)
5. Different category level of designs depending on
visibility of hoarding to ensure cost effective e.g
the
h less
l visible
i ibl the
h area the
h lless graphics
hi used d and
d
stencil can be used instead to keep cost at
minimum

7
Saadiyat Island Hoarding Example 1
Park Hyatt Saadiyat Hoarding

Developer Abu Dhabi National Hotels Operator - Park Hyatt

Panel 1

Panel 2

8
Saadiyat Island Hoarding Example 2
St Regis Hotel

Developer - TDIC Operator -St Regis

Panel 1

Panel 2

9
Saadiyat Island Hoarding Example 3
Rotana Saadiyat Hoarding

Operator - Park Hyatt


Exception example - Rotana hotel primary colour instead & only Rotana logo
here as developer requested not to be displayed

Panel 1

Panel 2

10
Hoarding Visibility Options

Previous examples are for high visibility sites and


contain full graphics across length of hoarding
Medium & low visibility sites can have cost
effective options. This execution includes fewer
graphic
g p panels and more use of stencils
p

For example, based on visibility of hoarding the


following 3 options are available:

Option 1 High visibility sites - printed graphic


vinyl
Option 2 Medium visibility sites - printed graphic
with stencil
Option 3 Low visibility sites - painted stencils
only

11
Example x3 Visibility Options - 1,2 & 3

LEGEND
LEGEND:
= PRINTED GRAPHIC IN VINYL
= PRINTED GRAPHIC W/ STENCILS
= PAINTED STENCILS ONLY

5 m. Distance
from Road

Length: 200 m. 1
3 Length: 200 m
m.

Length: 400 m. 2

12
3 types

1 PRINTED GRAPHCS IN VINYL


200 m

2 PRINTED GRAPHCS IN VINYL WITH STENCILS


400 m

3 PAINTED STENCILS ONLY

200 m

13
Example of a Options 1, 2 & 3

12 m

2m

14
Example - Construction Sign Board Mock-ups

5m

Construction Sign Board Design Mock-up

9.2 m

How this will be p


positioned above hoarding
g

15
Hoardings and Visuals

16
TDIC Contact

For further
F f th information
i f ti or queries
i
please contact:

Erica Lewis
Saadiyat Marketing Executive
elewis@tdic.ae
050 5587607

17

S-ar putea să vă placă și